Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / WSFS Financial

WSFS Financial

wsfs · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker wsfs
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · WSFS Financial
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2 0 0 9 A N N U A L R E P O R T

SM

and strengthening
our communities.

at December 31

2009

2008

2007

Table of Contents

Financial Highlights
(Dollars in millions, except branch office data and per share data)

Letter from the Chairman
& the Chief Executive Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i

Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii

Form 10-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Total assets

Net loans, including

held for sale

Principal Officers
& Advisory Board Members . . . . . . Inside Back Cover

Mortgage-backed securities

and other investments

Deposits

Borrowings

Stockholders’ equity

Number of branch offices

for the year ended December 31

$3,749

$3,433

$3,200

2,479

766

2,562

855

302

37

2,444

587

2,122

1,067

217

35

2,234

571

1,827

1,135

211

29

Net income

$ 663

$16,136

$29,649

Net (loss) income allocable
to common stockholders

(1,927)

16,136

Diluted earnings per common share

(0.30)

Return on average equity

Return on average assets

Nonperforming assets

to total assets

0.24%

0.02

2.19

2.57

7.30%

0.50

1.04

29,649

4.55

14.34%

0.98

0.99

Mission

We Stand For Service® and strengthening
our communities.

Vision
We envision a day when all our constituents
say, “I can’t imagine a world without WSFS.”

Strategy

Engaged Associates delivering Stellar Service
to create Customer AdvocatesSM, resulting in
a high performing, very profitable company.

Values
• Committed to always doing the right thing
• Empowered to serve our Customers

and communities

• Dedicated to openness and candor
• Driven to grow and improve

L E T T E R

F R O M T H E

C H A I R M A N & T H E

C H I E F

E X E C U T I V E O F F I C E R

Marvin N. Schoenhals, Chairman

Mark A. Turner, President and Chief Executive Officer

To our Shareholders, Customers, Associates, Neighbors and Friends:

WSFS recorded net income of $663,000 and a loss of $0.30 per
common share (after preferred stock dividends) in 2009, compared
to $16.1 million, or $2.57 per diluted common share in 2008. For
2009 our return on equity was 0.24% and our return on assets was
0.02%, compared to 7.30% and 0.50%, respectively, for 2008.

While we had breakeven income for the year, we made significant
progress building our franchise value by continuing to serve our
communities during difficult times and by taking advantage of
opportunities in our marketplace. This progress included strong
market share growth and increased levels of customer funding,
enhanced margin while maintaining our focus on lending with
prudent underwriting and continued expense control.

Also in 2009, we took significant and aggressive action to manage
our problem loans including adding resources and talent to our
loan management team. We are pleased with some initial results,
especially in the fourth quarter of 2009, in which nonperforming
assets decreased 12%. In addition, we saw improvements in total
portfolio delinquencies in the same fourth quarter and we will
continue to actively manage our portfolios throughout the year.

WSFS is in excess of “well-capitalized” regulatory benchmarks and
remains focused on building the appropriate level of loss reserves
and capital to continue to support our communities, take advantage
of opportunities and provide support against the threat of continued
economic deterioration. The private placement of $25 million of
common stock to Peninsula Investment Partners, L.P., in September
2009 provided WSFS these benefits and reintroduced Mr. Ted
Weschler as a valuable addition to the Board.

As a continuation of the Company’s long-term succession plan,
Marvin N. “Skip” Schoenhals assumed the role of non-executive
Chairman, as he retired from full-time employment at WSFS Bank
after 19 years of leading the WSFS organization to new heights
and significantly increasing shareholder value during his tenure.
Mr. Schoenhals will continue to function in a consultative role and
engage in community relations and business development activities
for the Bank, in addition to his responsibilities as Chairman.

This recession has given us a chance to prove our business model,
Engaged Associates delivering Stellar Service to create Customer
Advocatessm. Even during the challenges of the past year, we
realized great results and increased our market share. We are proud
that more Customers have come to WSFS because of our reliability
and Stellar Service.

Total Customer
Deposits ($MM)

6
4
1
2

,

7
0
7
1

,

9
7
4
1

,

4
4
3
1

,

4
9
1
1

,

2
5
0
1

,

Highlights of 2009 include:

• Customer deposit growth continued
at a robust pace and brought total
growth for 2009 to $438.9 million
or 26%, from year-end 2008, far
outpacing our historical growth rate
and peers’ results.

• WSFS gained market

share in
lending, growing the
commercial
commercial
loan portfolio $122
million, or 7%, over 2008, while
others stayed flat or decreased their
loans outstanding. We also improved
our margin significantly as a result
of improved pricing on loans and
thoughtful management of our
deposit rates and other funding costs.

D e l a ware

2 0 0 9
2 0 0 9

09 08 07 06 05 04

• In 2009, for the third year in
a row, WSFS was named by
The News Journal as a Top 5 “Best in the Business.” Even
more significant in 2009, this independent survey ranked
WSFS as #1 in the list of outstanding large companies.

• Independent survey results of our Customers continue to score
WSFS as “world class” in service and engagement, firmly in the
top ten percent of all companies surveyed by Gallup, Inc. WSFS
achieved the highest Customer engagement scores in 2009, and
Associate engagement levels are 12 times the national average
for workplaces. And just recently, WSFS’ engagement journey was

i

W S F S 2 0 0 9 A N N U A L R E P O R T

L E T T E R

F R O M T H E

C H A I R M A N & T H E

C H I E F

E X E C U T I V E O F F I C E R

featured in the Gallup Management Journal for a global audience.
We take great pride having our story told and thank our
Associates for believing in our mission, living our values and
delivering on our strategy every day for every Customer.

• WSFS expanded its footprint in Sussex County with the addition
of two branches in Millsboro and Ocean View, Delaware. Both of
these locations feature a new branch design that improves service
and efficiencies while utilizing our Universal Associate model.
WSFS also relocated two branches in Dover and Lewes to new
facilities in order to better serve our Customers in those regions
and renovated one of our busiest branches in Prices Corner.

• Our Trust & Wealth Management Division gained significant
momentum during the year with new talent and new business. In
addition, niche businesses continue to be a strategic focus for
WSFS. Our reverse mortgage business remained #1 based on loan
originations in Delaware every month in 2009. Cash Connect, the
nation’s second-largest ATM servicer, achieved a record in 2009
in terms of customers served, volumes delivered and profit.

• S. James Mazarakis officially joined the executive management
team on February 1, 2010, as Chief Technology Officer leading
the Operations and Technology Division. Mr. Mazarakis served as
interim CTO since May 2009 and came to WSFS with nearly 30
years of extensive experience in banking, investment management
and brokerage services.

At the end of 2009, we finalized our 2010–2012 3-Year Strategic
Plan, affirming our commitment to high performance, Human
Sigma®, and talent and leadership development. We also broadened
our mission statement, We Stand for Service® and strengthening
our communities, to tie our commitment to Stellar Service to all the
communities we serve. Our mission, vision, strategy and values will
guide us as we strengthen and grow our franchise, pursue
opportunities outside our traditional banking model and build a
stronger infrastructure as we continue to closely manage risk.

We continue to build on our successes with our team of dedicated
Associates committed to delivering Stellar Service and doing its
best every day. We remain optimistic about the future of WSFS and
will continue to deliver value to our shareholders and our community.
Thank you for your ongoing trust in WSFS Bank.

MARVIN N. SCHOENHALS
Chairman

MARK A. TURNER
President and Chief Executive Officer

Board of Directors, WSFS Financial Corporation

We are indebted to Ms. Linda
Drake and Mr. David Hollowell
for their dedicated service to
the WSFS Board of Directors.
Both will be retiring from the
Board in April 2010. We sincerely
thank them for their guidance
and contributions which have
been invaluable to our success
over the years.

Charles G. Cheleden
Vice Chairman and Lead Director
WSFS Financial Corporation
Attorney-At-Law

Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.
Vice Chairman, WSFS Bank
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer (Retired)
PNC Bank, Delaware

Jennifer W. Davis
Vice President of Administration
University of Delaware

Donald W. Delson
Senior Advisor
Keefe, Bruyette, & Woods, Inc.

John F. Downey
Executive Director (Retired)
Office of Thrift Supervision

Linda C. Drake
Founder and Chair
TCIM Services, Inc.

David E. Hollowell
Executive Vice President
and University Treasurer (Retired)
University of Delaware

Joseph R. Julian
Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
JJID, Inc.

Dennis E. Klima
President
Bayhealth, Inc.

Thomas P. Preston, Esq.
Managing Partner
Blank Rome LLP

i i

Scott E. Reed
Senior Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
(Retired)
BB&T Corporation

Marvin N. Schoenhals
Chairman
WSFS Financial Corporation

Claibourne D. Smith, Ph.D.
Vice President (Retired)
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and
Company, Incorporated

Mark A. Turner
President and
Chief Executive Officer
WSFS Financial Corporation

R. Ted Weschler
Managing Partner
Peninsula Capital Advisors, L.P.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
(X)  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 
OR 

( ) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from                to _______ 

Commission file number 0-16668 

WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation or Organization) 

22-2866913 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

500 Delaware Avenue, Wilmington, Delaware 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

19801 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (302) 792-6000 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES __   NO __X___     

Indicate by check if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES __   NO __X___ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to  such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  X   NO ___ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ___     No ___ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by  reference  in  Part  III  of  this  Form  10-K  or  any 
amendment to this Form 10-K. (  )  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.     
See definitions of  “large accelerated filer,”  “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  
   Large accelerated filer        Accelerated filer   X   Non-accelerated filer ___ Smaller reporting company ___  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes  ____ No __X___    

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock as     
quoted  on  NASDAQ  as  of  June  30,  2009  was  $162,750,000.  For  purposes  of  this  calculation  only,  affiliates  are  deemed  to  be  directors,  executive 
officers and beneficial owners of greater than 10% of the outstanding shares.  

As of March 11, 2010, there were issued and outstanding 7,084,903 Shares of the registrant’s common stock.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 29, 2010 are incorporated by reference in Part 
III hereof.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
[Reserved] 

Part I 

Part II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 
of Equity Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

Part III 

Item 10. 
Item 11.  
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 
Signatures 

Part IV 

Page 

3 
26 
32 
33 
36 
36 

36 

38 
39 
59 
61 
109 
109 
112 

112 
112 
112 

113 
113 

113 
116 

-2- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

PART I 

Within  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  exhibits  thereto,  management  has  included  certain 
“forward-looking  statements”  concerning  the  future  operations  of  WSFS  Financial  Corporation  (“the 
Company,” “our Company,”  “WSFS” “we,” “our” or “us”). It is management’s desire to take advantage of the 
“safe  harbor”  provisions  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  This  statement  is  for  the 
express  purpose  of  availing the  Company  of  the  protections  of  such  safe  harbor  with  respect  to  all  “forward-
looking statements” contained in its financial statements. Management has used “forward-looking statements” to 
describe  the  future  plans  and  strategies  including  expectations  of  our  future  financial  results.  Management’s 
ability to predict results or the effect of future plans and strategy is inherently uncertain. Factors that could affect 
results  include  interest  rate  trends,  competition,  the  general  economic  climate  in  Delaware,  the  mid-Atlantic 
region and the country as a whole, asset quality, loan growth, loan delinquency rates, operating risk, uncertainty 
of estimates in general and changes in federal and state regulations, among other factors. These factors should be 
considered  in  evaluating  the  “forward-looking  statements,”  and  undue  reliance  should  not  be  placed  on  such 
statements.  Actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  management  expectations.  We  do  not  undertake  and 
specifically disclaim any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions that may be  made to any 
forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances 
after the date of such statements. 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS 

OUR BUSINESS 

WSFS Financial Corporation is parent to Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (“WSFS Bank” or 
the “Bank”), one of the ten oldest banks in the United States continuously operating under the same name. A 
permanent fixture in this community, WSFS has been in operation for more than 177 years. In addition to its 
focus on stellar customer service, the Bank has continued to fuel growth and remain relevant. The Bank is a 
relationship-focused,  locally-managed,  community  banking  institution  that  has  grown  to  become  the  largest 
thrift  holding  company  in  the  State  of  Delaware,  the  second  largest  commercial  lender  in  the  state  and  the 
fourth largest bank  in  terms  of  Delaware deposits.   We  state our  mission  simply:  We  Stand  for  Service  and 
Strengthening Our Communities. 

WSFS’ core banking business is commercial lending funded by customer-generated deposits. We have 
built  a  $1.9  billion  commercial  loan  portfolio  by  recruiting  the  best  seasoned  commercial  lenders  in  our 
markets and offering a high level of service and flexibility typically associated with a community bank. We 
fund  this  business  primarily  with  deposits  generated  through  commercial  relationships  and  retail  deposits  in 
our  41  banking  offices  located  in  Delaware,  southeastern  Pennsylvania  and  Virginia.  We  also  offer  a  broad 
variety  of  consumer  loan  products,  retail  securities  and  insurance  brokerage  through  our  retail  branches.    In 
2009, WSFS was the number one reverse mortgage originator in Delaware. 

In  2005,  we  established  our  WSFS  Trust  and  Wealth  Management  division  (WSFS  Trust).  WSFS 
Trust was formed in response to our commercial customers’ demand for the same high level service in their 
investment relationships that they enjoy as banking customers of WSFS. We found that many competitors are 
not  devoting  human  capital  to  clients  with  less  than  $5  million  in  investable  assets,  thereby  creating  an 
opportunity  for  WSFS  Trust.  This  division  is  complemented  by  Cypress  Capital  Management,  a  Registered 
Investment Advisor, acquired by WSFS in 2004.  

Our  Cash  Connect  division  is  a  premier  provider  of  ATM  Vault  Cash  and  related  services  in  the 
United  States.  Cash  Connect  manages  more  than  $308  million  in  vault  cash  in  more  than  10,000  ATMs 
nationwide and also provides online reporting and ATM cash management, predictive cash ordering, armored 

-3- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
carrier  management, ATM processing and equipment sales. Cash Connect also operates over 360 ATMs for 
WSFS Bank, which owns the largest branded ATM network in Delaware. 

WSFS POINTS OF DIFFERENTIATION 

While  all  banks  offer  similar  products  and  services,  we  believe  that  WSFS  has  set  itself  apart  from 
other banks in our market and the industry in general. Also, community banks including WSFS have been able 
to distinguish themselves from large national or international banks that fail to provide their customers with the 
service  levels  they  want  as  reorganizations,  government  rescues  and  other  big-bank  problems  distract  their 
emphasis on the customer,  especially in the current environment. The following factors summarize what we 
believe are those points of differentiation.  

Building Associate Engagement and Customer Advocacy 

Our  business model  is  built  on  a  concept  called  Human  Sigma,  which  we  have  implemented  in  our 
strategy of “Engaged Associates delivering Stellar Service to create Customer Advocates”, resulting in a high 
performing,  very  profitable  company.  The  Human  Sigma  model,  identified  by  Gallup,  Inc.,  begins  with 
Associates  who  have  taken  ownership  of  their  jobs  and  therefore  perform  at  a  higher  level.    We  invest 
significantly  in  training,  development  and  talent  management  as  our  Associates  are  the  cornerstone  of  our 
model.    This  strategy  motivates  Associates,  and  unleashes  innovation  and  productivity  to  engage  our  most 
valuable asset, our customers, by providing them Stellar Service experiences.  As a result, we create Customer 
Advocates,  or  customers  who  have  built  an  emotional  attachment  to  the  Bank.  Research  studies  continue  to 
show  a  direct  link  between  Associate  engagement,  customer  engagement  and  a  company’s  financial 
performance.  

Surveys conducted for us by a nationally recognized polling company indicate: 

(cid:2)  Our Associate Engagement scores consistently rank in the top quartile of companies polled. In 2009 our 
engagement  ratio  was  17.5:1,  which  means  there  are  17.5  engaged  Associates  for  every  disengaged 
Associate. This compares to a 2.6:1 ratio in 2003 and a national average of 1.45:1.  Gallup defines “world-
class” as 8:1.  

(cid:2)  Customer surveys rank us in the top 10% of all companies Gallup surveys, a “world class” rating. More 
than 40% of our customers ranked us a “five” out of “five,” strongly agreeing with the statement “I can’t 
imagine a world without WSFS.”  

We  believe  that  by  fostering  a  culture  of  engaged  and  empowered  Associates,  we  have  become  an 
employer of choice in our market. During each of the past four years, WSFS was ranked among the top five 
“Best  Places  to  Work”  by  The  Wilmington  News  Journal.    In  2009  we  were  awarded  the  News  Journal’s 
number one “Best Place to Work” for large corporations in the state of Delaware.  

-4- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Community Banking Model 

Our  size  and  community  banking  model  play  a  key  role  in  our  success.  Our  approach  to  business 
combines a service-oriented culture with a strong complement of products and services, all aimed at meeting 
the needs of our retail and business customers. We believe the essence of being a community bank means that 
we are: 
(cid:2)  Small enough to offer customers responsive, personalized service and direct access to decision makers. 
(cid:2)  Large enough to provide all the products and services needed by our target market customers.  

As the financial services industry has consolidated, many independent banks have been acquired by 
national  companies  that  have  centralized  their  decision-making  authority  away  from  their  customers  and 
focused their mass-marketing to a regional or even national customer base. We believe this trend has frustrated 
smaller business owners who have become accustomed to dealing directly with their bank’s senior executives 
and discouraged retail customers who often experience deteriorating levels of service in the branches and other 
service outlets. Additionally, it frustrates bank Associates who are no longer empowered to provide good and 
timely service to their customers.  

WSFS Bank offers: 

(cid:2)  One point of contact. Our Relationship Managers are responsible for understanding his or her customers’ 

needs and bringing together the right resources in the Bank to meet those needs. 

(cid:2)  A customized approach to our clients. We believe this gives us an advantage over our competitors who are 

too large or centralized to offer customized products or services.  

(cid:2)  Products  and  services  that  our  customers  value.  This  includes  a  broad  array  of  banking  and  cash 
management  products,  as  well  as  a  legal  lending  limit  high  enough  to  meet  the  credit  needs  of  our 
customers, especially as they grow.  

(cid:2)  Rapid response and a company that is easy to do business with. Our customers tell us this is an important 

differentiator from larger, in-market competitors.  

Strong Market Demographics 

Delaware  is  situated  in  the  middle  of  the  Washington,  DC  -  New  York  corridor  which  includes  the 
urban markets of Philadelphia and Baltimore. The state benefits from this urban concentration as well as from 
a  unique  political  environment  that  has  created  favorable  law  and  legal  structure,  a  business-friendly 
environment and a fair tax system.  Additionally, Delaware is one of only seven states with a AAA bond rating 
from  the  three  predominant  rating  agencies.  Delaware’s  demographics  compare  favorably  to  U.S.  economic 
and demographic averages.  

Delaware 

9.0% 

  $ 

58,380 

$ 

13.0% 
(5.14)% 
11.68% 
(1.6)% 

National 
Average 

10.0% 

52,029 

9.1% 
(4.66)% 
6.38% 
0.7% 

(Most recent available statistics) 
Unemployment (For December 2010) (1) 
Median Household Income (Average 2008) (2) 
Population Growth (2000-2009) (3) 
House Price Depreciation (last twelve months) (4) 
House Price Appreciation (last five years) (4) 
Average GDP Growth (Average 2007-2008) (5) 

(1) Bureau of Labor Statistics, Economy at a Glance 

(2) U.S. Census Bureau, State & County Quick Facts 

(3) U.S. Census Bureau, Population Estimates 

(4) Federal Housing Finance Agency, All-Transaction Indexes 

(5) Bureau of Economic Analysis, GDP by State 

-5- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Management 

We  put  a  great  deal  of  focus  on  actively  managing  our  balance  sheet.  This  management  manifests 

itself in: 

(cid:2)  Prudent  capital  levels.  Maintaining  prudent  capital  levels  is  key  to  our  operating  philosophy.  All 
regulatory capital levels exceed well-capitalized levels. Our Tier 1 capital ratio was 11% as of December 
31, 2009, more than $140 million in excess of the 6% “well-capitalized” level.  

(cid:2)  We maintain discipline in our lending, including planned portfolio diversification. Additionally, we take a 
proactive  approach  to  identifying  trends  in  our  business  and  lending  market  and  have  responded 
proactively  to  areas  of  concern.  For  instance, in  2005 we  limited  our  exposure  to construction  and  land 
development  (CLD)  loans  as  we  anticipated  an  end  to  the  expansion  in  housing  prices.  We  have  also 
increased  our  portfolio  monitoring  and  reporting  sophistication  and  hired  additional  senior  credit 
administration and asset disposition professionals to manage our portfolio.  We maintain diversification in 
our loan portfolio to limit our exposure to any single type of credit. Such discipline supplements careful 
underwriting and the benefits of knowing our customers. 

(cid:2)  We seek to avoid credit risk in our investment portfolio and use this portion of our balance sheet primarily 
to help us manage liquidity and interest rate risk, while providing some marginal income. As a result, we 
have  no  exposure  to  Freddie  Mac  or  Fannie  Mae  preferred  securities  or  Trust  Preferred  securities.  Our 
security  purchases  have  been  almost  exclusively  AAA-rated  credits.  This  philosophy  has  allowed  us  to 
avoid the significant investment write-downs taken by many of our bank peers. 

We  have  been  subject  to  many  of  the  same  pressures  facing  the  banking  industry.    The  extended 
recession has negatively impacted our customers and has driven increased provisioning and an increase in our 
delinquent  loans,  problem  loans  and  charge-offs.  The  measures  we  have  taken  strengthen  the  Bank’s  credit 
position by diversifying risk and limiting exposure, but do not insulate us from the effects of this recession.  

Disciplined and Aggressive Capital Management 

We  understand  that  our  capital  (or  shareholders’  equity)  belongs  to  our  shareholders.  They  have 
entrusted this capital to us with the expectation that it will be kept safe and with the expectation that it will earn 
an adequate return. As a result, we prudently but aggressively manage our shareholders’ capital with an eye to 
this balance.    

Strong Performance Expectations 

We are focused on high-performing long-term financial goals. We define “high-performing” as the top 
quintile  of  a  relevant  peer  group  in  return  on  assets  (ROA),  return  on  equity  (ROE)  and  earnings  per  share 
(EPS) growth.  Management incentives are paid, in large part, based on driving performance in these areas. A 
“Target” payment level is only achieved by reaching performance at the 60th percentile of a peer group of all 
publicly  traded  banks  and  thrifts  in  our  size  range.  More  details  on  this  plan  are  included  in  our  proxy 
statement. 

As  we  navigate  through  this  recession  we  are  focused  on  strengthening  our  franchise  to  optimize 
financial  performance  when  the  recession  subsides.    We  are  taking  steps  to  strengthen  net  interest  margin, 
enhance revenues and manage expenses as we continue to build our market share. 

-6- 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Growth  

Our  successful  long-term  trend  in  lending,  deposit  gathering  and  EPS  have  been  the  result  of  our 
focused  strategy  that  provides  the  service  and  responsiveness  of  a  community  bank  in  a  consolidating 
marketplace. We will continue to grow by: 

(cid:2)  Recruiting and developing talented, service-minded Associates. We have successfully recruited Associates 
with  strong  community  ties  to  strengthen  our  existing  markets  and  provide  a  strong  start  in  new 
communities. We also focus efforts on developing talent and leadership in our current Associate base to 
better equip those Associates for their jobs and prepare them for leadership roles at WSFS.  

(cid:2)  Embracing the Human Sigma concept. We are committed to building Associate engagement and customer 

advocacy as a way to differentiate ourselves and grow our franchise.  

(cid:2)  Continuing strong growth in commercial lending by:  

o  Selectively building a presence in contiguous markets.  
o  Providing product solutions like Remote Deposit Capture to facilitate commercial banking outside of 

our primary market.  

o  Offering our community banking model that combines Stellar Service with the banking products and 

services our business customers demand.  

(cid:2)  Aggressively  growing  deposits.  In  2003,  we  energized  our  retail  branch  strategy  by  combining  Stellar 
Service with an expanded and updated branch network. We have also implemented a number of additional 
measures  to  accelerate  our  deposit  growth.  Our  three-year  goal  is  to  attain  a  100%  loan  to  customer 
funding (deposit) ratio.  We will continue to grow deposits by:  

o  Opening new branches in Delaware and contiguous markets. 
o  Renovating our retail branch network in our current footprint. 
o  Further expanding our commercial customer relationships with deposit products.  
o  Finding creative ways to build deposit market share such as targeted marketing programs. 
o  Acquisitions such as the branch acquisition we completed in 2008. Over the next several 
years we intend to grow approximately 80% organically and 20% through acquisition, 
although each year’s growth will reflect the opportunities available then. 

(cid:2)  Growing our Trust and Wealth Management division by leveraging the strong relationships we have with 
our  current  customer  base  promoting  the  “Delaware  Advantage”  and  providing  unparalleled  service  to 
modestly wealthy clients in our market.  

(cid:2)  Exploring niche businesses. We are an organization with an entrepreneurial spirit and we are open to the 
risk/reward proposition that comes with niche businesses. We have developed a set of decision rules that 
will guide our consideration of future niche business opportunities. 

Values 

  We are: 
(cid:2)  Committed to always doing the right thing. 
(cid:2)  Empowered to serve our customers and communities. 
(cid:2)  Dedicated to openness and candor. 
(cid:2)  Driven to grow and improve. 

Our  values  speak  to  integrity,  service,  accountability,  transparency,  honesty,  growth  and  desire  to 

improve. They are the core of our culture, they make us who we are and we live them everyday. 

-7- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results 

Our focus on these points of differentiation has allowed us to grow our core franchise and build value 
for our shareholders.  Since 2005, our commercial loans have grown from $1.1 billion to $1.9 billion, a strong 
16% compound annual growth rate (CAGR). Over the same period, customer deposits have grown from $1.2 
billion to $2.1 billion, a 15% CAGR. More importantly, over the last decade, shareholder value has increased 
at a far greater rate than our banking peers and the market in general.  An investment of $100 in WSFS stock in 
2000  would  be  worth  $213  at  December  31,  2009.    By  comparison,  $100  invested  in  the  Dow  Jones  Total 
Market Index in 2000, would be worth $90 at December 31, 2009 and $100 invested in the Nasdaq Bank Index 
in 2000 would be worth $107 at December 31, 2009.  

SUBSIDIARIES 

We have two consolidated subsidiaries, WSFS Bank and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. 

WSFS Bank has one wholly owned subsidiary, WSFS Investment Group, Inc., which markets various 
third-party  investment  and  insurance  products,  such  as  single-premium  annuities,  whole  life  policies  and 
securities primarily through the Bank’s retail banking system and directly to the public.  

Montchanin  Capital  Management,  Inc.  (“Montchanin”)  provides  asset  management  services  in  our 
primary  market  area.  Montchanin  has  one  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Cypress  Capital  Management,  LLC 
(“Cypress”).  Cypress  is  a  Wilmington-based  investment  advisory  firm  servicing  high  net-worth  individuals 
and institutions and had approximately $458 million in assets under management at December 31, 2009. 

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Condensed average balance sheets for each of the last three years and analyses of net interest income and 
changes  in  net  interest  income  due  to  changes  in  volume  and  rate  are  presented  in  “Results  of  Operations” 
included in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations.” 

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES 

At December 31, 2009, WSFS’ total securities portfolio had a carrying value of $727.3 million. The 
Company’s  strategy  has  been  to  avoid  credit  risk  in  our  securities  portfolio.    Our  investment  portfolio  is 
intended to keep the Bank’s funds fully employed at the maximum after-tax return, while maintaining acceptable 
credit,  market  and  interest-rate  risk  limits,  and  providing  needed  liquidity  under  current  circumstances.  In 
addition,  our  taxable  investments  provide  collateral  for  various  Bank  obligations.  Our  municipal  securities 
provide for a portion of the Bank’s CRA investment program. 

(cid:2)  WSFS  owns  no  CDOs,  Bank  Trust  Preferred,  Agency  Preferred  securities  or  equity  securities  in  other 

FDIC insured banks or thrifts.  

The portfolio is comprised of: 

(cid:2)  $40.7 million in Federal Agency debt securities with a maturity of four years or less.  

(cid:2)  $238.5 million in “plain vanilla” Agency MBS. Of these, $85.8 million are sequential pay CMOs with no 
contingent cash flows and $152.7 million are Agency MBS with 10-30 year original final maturities. 

(cid:2) 

$433.8  million  in  Non-Agency  MBS,  including  purchases  of  $172.0  million  during  2009.    These  MBS 
purchases  were  all  short  duration,  super-senior  tranches.    These  bonds  not  only  underwent  significant 
internal  pre-purchase  due  diligence  using  sophisticated  models,  but  also  were  rated  AAA  during  2009, 

-8- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
under heightened rating agency scrutiny.  The remaining bonds are 90% 2005 vintage or earlier and the 
remainder is 2006 vintage.  They are predominately 15 year pass through cash flow with an average LTV 
of 39% (based on scheduled amortization and initial appraisal value) and average FICO scores greater the 
700 at origination. 

Of  the  100  Non-Agency  bonds,  28  bonds  with  a  par  value  of  $97.6  million  were  downgraded  as  of 
December  31,  2009.  Based  on  stress  tests  of  these  28  bonds  using  proprietary  models  of  two  independent 
companies, management believes the collection of the contractual principal and interest is probable in nearly 
all cases and therefore most of the unrealized losses are considered to be temporary.  The Bank took a charge 
of $86,000 due to other-than-temporary impairment on one security during 2009 and has not needed to take 
any other-than-temporary impairment charge to earnings prior to this year. 

Amortized cost of investment securities and investments by category, stated in dollar amounts and as a 

percent of total assets, follow: 

2009 

Percent 
of 

  Amount   Assets  

At December 31, 
2008 

Percent 
of 

  Amount   Assets  
(Dollars in Thousands) 

2007 

Percent 
of 

   Amount    Assets  

Held-to-Maturity: 

State and political subdivisions 

  $ 

709 

—%   $

1,181 

—%    $ 

1,516  

0.1%

Available-for-Sale: 

Reverse Mortgages 
State and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government and agencies 

Short-term investments: 

(530)
3,935 
40,695 
44,100 

— 
0.1 
1.1 
1.2 

(61)
 4,020 
 43,778 
 47,737 

— 
0.1 
1.3 
1.4 

 2,037  
 4,115  
 20,477  
 26,629  

0.1 
0.1 
0.6 
0.8 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks  

1,090 
  $  45,899 

 216 
— 
1.2%   $ 49,134 

 — 
 1,078  
 1.4%    $  29,223  

 — 
 0.9%

There  were  no  sales  of  investment  securities  (excluding  mortgage-backed  securities)  classified  as 
available-for-sale during 2009, 2008 or 2007.  Investment securities totaling $18.6 million (including $566,000 of 
municipal bonds) were called by the issuers during 2009 and municipal bonds totaling $404,000 were called by 
the issuers during 2008. There were no net losses realized on sales in 2009, 2008 or 2007.   The cost basis for all 
investment  security  sales  was  based  on  the  specific  identification  method.  There  were  no  sales  of  investment 
securities classified as held-to-maturity in 2009, 2008 or 2007.  

The investment in reverse mortgages are reverse mortgage loans with contracts that require us to make 
monthly advances throughout the borrower’s life or until the borrower relocates, prepays or the home is sold, at 
which time the loan becomes due and payable. Reverse mortgages are nonrecourse obligations, which means that 
the loan repayments are generally limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrower’s residence.  We account for 
our investment in reverse mortgages by estimating the value of the future cash flows on the reverse mortgages at 
a rate deemed appropriate for these mortgages, based on the market rate for similar collateral. Actual cash flows 
from  the  maturity  of  these  mortgage  loans  can  result  in  significant  volatility  in  the  recorded  value  of  reverse 
mortgage assets. 

-9- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  shows  the  terms  to  maturity  and  related  weighted  average  yields  of  investment 
securities and short-term investments at December 31, 2009. Substantially all of the related interest and dividends 
represent taxable income. 

Held-to-Maturity: 

State and political subdivisions (2): 

Within one year  
After one but within five years 
After ten years  

Total debt securities, held-to-maturity 

Available-for-Sale: 

Reverse Mortgages (3): 

Within one year  

State and political subdivisions (2): 

Within one year  
After one but within five years 
After five but within ten years  

U.S. Government and agencies: 

Within one year  
After one but within five years 

Total debt securities, available-for-sale 

Total debt securities 

Short-term investments: 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 

Total short-term investments  

At December 31, 2009 

Amount   

Weighted 
Average 
Yield (1)   

(Dollars in Thousands) 

  $ 

340 
(cid:2) 
369 

709 

(530) 

825 
2,860 
250 

3,935 

10,569 
30,126 

40,695 

44,100 

44,809 

1,090 

1,090 

  $ 

45,899 

7.53% 
(cid:2) 
5.20 

6.32 

(cid:2) 

3.84 
4.19 
4.25 

4.12 

2.97 
2.19 

2.39 

2.54 

2.60 

0.01 

0.01 

2.54% 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Reverse mortgages have been excluded from weighted average yield calculations because income can vary significantly 
from reporting period to reporting period due to the volatility of factors used to value the portfolio. 
Yields  on  state  and  political  subdivisions  are  not  calculated  on  a  tax-equivalent  basis  since  the  effect  would  be 
immaterial. 
Reverse mortgages do not have contractual maturities.  We have included reverse mortgages in maturities within one 
year. 

-10- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to these investment securities, we have maintained a $684.5 million portfolio of mortgage-
backed securities (of which $12.2 million is classified as “trading”) that are BBB+ rated and were purchased in 
conjunction with a 2002 reverse mortgage securitization. At December 31, 2009, mortgage-backed securities with 
a  par  value  of  $250.3  million  were  pledged  as  collateral  for  customer  repurchase  agreements  and  municipal 
deposits.  Accrued  interest  receivable  for  mortgage-backed  securities  was  $2.8  million,  $2.1  million  and  $2.0 
million at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Proceeds from the sale of mortgage-backed securities 
classified as available-for-sale totaled $111.5 million with a net gain on sale of $2.0 million in 2009.  There were 
no  sales  of  mortgage-backed  securities  available-for-sale  in  2008.    During  2007,  proceeds  from  the  sale  of 
mortgage-backed securities classified as available-for-sale totaled $2.7 million with a net gain of $82,000.  

The following table shows the amortized cost of mortgage-backed securities and their related weighted 

average contractual rates at the end of the last three fiscal years. 

2009 
  Amount    Rate  

December 31, 
2008 
  Amount    Rate  
(Dollars in thousands) 

2007 

   Amount    Rate  

Available-for-Sale: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations (1)    $ 519,527 
FNMA 
61,603 
FHLMC 
44,536 
GNMA 
46,629 
  $ 672,295 

5.44%   $ 419,177 
 35,578 
3.63 
 30,477 
3.87 
 22,536 
4.32 
5.00%   $ 507,768 

 5.12%    $  407,113 
 35,654 
4.19 
 31,357 
4.44 
 15,923 
5.01 
 4.97%    $  490,047 

 4.97%
4.04 
4.31 
4.73 
 4.85%

Trading: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 
(1) Includes Agency CMO’s available-for-sale. 

CREDIT EXTENSION ACTIVITIES 

  $

12,183 

3.74%   $

10,816 

 6.01%    $ 

12,364 

 7.79%

Over the past several years we have focused on increasing the more profitable segments of our loan 
portfolio. Our current lending activity is concentrated on lending to small to mid-sized businesses in the mid-
Atlantic region of the United States primarily in Delaware and contiguous counties in Pennsylvania, Maryland 
and  New  Jersey.  In  2005,  residential  first  mortgage  loans  comprised  25.8%  of  the  loan  portfolio,  while  the 
combination of commercial loans and commercial real estate loans made up 61.8%. In contrast, at December 
31,  2009,  residential  first  mortgage  loans  totaled  only  14.4%,  while  commercial  loans  and  commercial  real 
estate loans have increased to a combined total of 75.7% of the loan portfolio. Traditionally, the majority of 
typical thrift institutions’ loan portfolios have consisted of first mortgage loans on residential properties.  

-11- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5
0
0
2

6
0
0
2

t
n
e
c
r
e
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

t
n
e
c
r
e
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

7
0
0
2

t
n
e
c
r
e
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

)
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
T
n
i

s
r
a
l
l
o
D

(

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

t
n
e
c
r
e
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

t
n
e
c
r
e
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
n
a
o
L
f
o

s
e
p
y
T

.
s
r
a
e
y
e
v
i
f

t
s
a
l

e
h
t

r
o
f
d
n
e
-
r
a
e
y
t
a
o
i
l
o
f
t
r
o
p
n
a
o
l

r
u
o
f
o
n
o
i
t
i
s
o
p
m
o
c

e
h
t

s
w
o
h
s

e
l
b
a
t
g
n
i
w
o
l
l
o
f

e
h
T

%
8
.
5
2

1
5
6
,
7
5
4

$

%
5
.
3
2

1
7
8
,
4
7
4

$

%
1
.
0
2

3
5
8
,
9
4
4

$

%
4
.
7
1

8
1
0
,
5
2
4

$

%
4
.
4
1

0
5
2
,
7
5
3

$

1
.
3
2

0
.
0
1

1
.
3
3

7
.
8
2

8
.
3
1

2
5
5
,
0
1
4

8
1
4
,
8
7
1

0
7
9
,
8
8
5

0
3
9
,
8
0
5

0
2
8
,
4
4
2

9
.
0
2

0
.
2
1

9
.
2
3

9
.
1
3

0
.
3
1

9
8
0
,
2
2
4

1
3
9
,
1
4
2

0
2
0
,
4
6
6

8
1
9
,
3
4
6

8
7
4
,
3
6
2

9
.
0
2

4
.
2
1

3
.
3
3

3
.
5
3

4
.
2
1

8
2
9
,
5
6
4

9
3
9
,
6
7
2

7
6
8
,
2
4
7

9
3
5
,
7
8
7

2
7
2
,
8
7
2

9
.
2
2

3
.
0
1

2
.
3
3

6
.
8
3

1
.
2
1

9
7
9
,
8
5
5

8
0
5
,
1
5
2

7
8
4
,
0
1
8

0
2
9
,
2
4
9

8
2
7
,
6
9
2

3
.
9

2
.
1
2

5
.
0
3

2
.
5
4

1
.
2
1

0
8
3
,
4
2
5

5
2
6
,
1
3
2

5
0
0
,
6
5
7

8
4
6
,
0
0
3

7
0
8
,
0
2
1
,
1

4
.
1
0
1

1
7
3
,
0
0
8
,
1

$

3
.
1
0
1

7
8
2
,
6
4
0
,
2

$

1
.
1
0
1

1
3
5
,
8
5
2
,
2

$

3
.
1
0
1

3
5
1
,
5
7
4
,
2

$

2
.
2
0
1

0
1
7
,
4
3
5
,
2

$

0
.
0

4
.
1

)
4
0
3
(

1
8
3
,
5
2

0
.
0

3
.
1

)
8
3
8
(

4
8
3
,
7
2

0
.
0

1
.
1

)
1
0
7
(

2
5
2
,
5
2

0
.
0

3
.
1

9
2
1

9
8
1
,
1
3

1
.
0

1
.
2

9
0
1
,
2

1
3
5
,
3
5

e
t
a
t
s
e

l
a
e
r

l
a
i
c
r
e
m
m
o
c

l
a
t
o
T

)
1
(

e
t
a
t
s
e

l
a
e
r

l
a
i
t
n
e
d
i
s
e
R

:
e
t
a
t
s
e

l
a
e
r

l
a
i
c
r
e
m
m
o
C

e
g
a
g
t
r
o
m

l
a
i
c
r
e
m
m
o
C

n
o
i
t
c
u
r
t
s
n
o
C

l
a
i
c
r
e
m
m
o
C

r
e
m
u
s
n
o
C

s
n
a
o
l

s
s
o
r
G

d
e
n
r
a
e
n
u
(

s
e
e
f
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
D

)
e
m
o
c
n
i

s
e
s
s
o
l

n
a
o
l

r
o
f

e
c
n
a
w
o
l
l

A

:
s
s
e
L

%
0
.
0
0
1

4
9
2
,
5
7
7
,
1

$

0
.
0
0
1

1
4
7
,
9
1
0
,
2

$

%
0
.
0
0
1

0
8
9
,
3
3
2
,
2

$

%
0
.
0
0
1

5
3
8
,
3
4
4
,
2

$

%
0
.
0
0
1

0
7
0
,
9
7
4
,
2

$

s
n
a
o
l

t
e
N

.
5
0
0
2
d
n
a

6
0
0
2

,
7
0
0
2

,
8
0
0
2

,
9
0
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
l
a
s
-
r
o
f
-
d
l
e
h
s
n
a
o
l

e
g
a
g
t
r
o
m

l
a
i
t
n
e
d
i
s
e
r

f
o

8
3
4
$

d
n
a
5
2
9
$

,
8
1
4
,
2
$

,
5
7
2
,
2
$

,
7
7
3
,
8
$

s
e
d
u
l
c
n
I

)
1
(

-
2
1
-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
The following tables show how much time remains until our loans mature. The first table details the 
total  loan  portfolio  by  type  of  loan.  The  second  table  details  the  total  loan  portfolio  by  loans  with  fixed 
interest rates and loans with adjustable interest rates. The tables show loans by contractual maturity. Loans 
may be pre-paid so that the actual maturity may be earlier than the contractual maturity. Prepayments tend 
to be highly dependent upon the interest rate environment. Loans having no stated maturity or repayment 
schedule are reported in the Less than One Year category. 

Less than 
One Year 

One to 
Five Years 

Over 
Five Years   

Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Real estate loans (1)  
Commercial mortgage loans 
Construction loans  
Commercial loans  
Consumer loans  

  $ 

12,931  $ 
139,228 
187,270 
362,935 
201,333 

  $  903,697  $ 

45,475 
247,997 
21,856 
472,025 
46,817 
834,170 

$  290,467 
137,155 
22,499 
285,847 
52,498 
$  788,466 

$ 

348,873 
524,380 
231,625 
1,120,807 
300,648 
$  2,526,333 

Rate sensitivity: 

Fixed  
Adjustable (2) 

Gross loans 

  $ 

96,710  $ 
806,987 

  $  903,697  $ 

317,736 
516,434 
834,170 

$  261,716 
526,750 
$  788,466 

$ 

676,162 
1,850,171 
$  2,526,333 

(1)  
(2) 

Excludes loans held-for-sale. 
Includes hybrid adjustable-rate mortgages. 

Residential Real Estate Lending.  

We  generally  originate  residential  first  mortgage  loans  with  loan-to-value  ratios  of  up  to  80%  and 
require  private  mortgage  insurance  for  up  to  30%  of  the  mortgage  amount  for  mortgage  loans  with  loan-to-
value  ratios  exceeding  80%.  We  do  not  have  any  significant  concentrations  of  such  insurance  with  any  one 
insurer.  On  a  very  limited  basis,  we  originate  or  purchase  loans  with  loan-to-value  ratios  exceeding  80% 
without a private mortgage insurance requirement. At December 31, 2009, the balance of all such loans was 
approximately $4.9 million.  

Generally,  our  residential  mortgage  loans  are  underwritten  and  documented  in  accordance  with 
standard  underwriting  criteria  published  by  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  (“FHLMC”)  to 
assure maximum eligibility for subsequent sale in the secondary market. Generally, we sell only those loans 
that  are  originated  specifically  with  the  intention  to  sell  on  a  “flow”  basis.    However,  during  2009  we 
completed a bulk sale of $16.7 million in residential first mortgages in order to take advantage of market 
improvements and optimize our portfolio. 

To protect the propriety of our liens, we require that title insurance be obtained. We also require fire, 
extended  coverage  casualty  and  flood  insurance  (where  applicable)  for  properties  securing  residential  loans. 
All  properties  securing  residential  loans  made  by  us  are  appraised  by  independent,  licensed  and  certified 
appraisers and are subject to review in accordance with our standards. 

The majority of our adjustable-rate, residential real estate loans have interest rates that adjust yearly 
after an initial period. Typically, the change in rate is limited to two percentage points at each adjustment date. 
Adjustments  are  generally  based  upon  a  margin  (currently  2.75%)  over  the  weekly  average  yield  on  U.S. 
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity, as published by the Federal Reserve Board. 

-13- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Generally,  the  maximum  rate  on  these  loans  is  up  to  six  percent  above  the  initial  interest  rate.  We 
underwrite  adjustable-rate  loans  under  standards  consistent  with  private  mortgage  insurance  and  secondary 
market  underwriting  criteria.  We  do  not  originate  adjustable-rate  mortgages  with  payment  limitations  that 
could produce negative amortization.  

The retention of adjustable-rate mortgage loans in our loan portfolio helps mitigate our risk to changes 
in interest rates. However, there are unquantifiable credit risks resulting from potential increased costs to the 
borrower  as  a  result  of  re-pricing  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans.  It  is  possible  that  during  periods  of  rising 
interest rates, the risk of default on adjustable-rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward adjustment 
of  interest  costs  to  the  borrower.  Further,  although  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans  allow  us  to  increase  the 
sensitivity of our asset base to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the 
periodic and lifetime interest rate adjustment limitations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that yields on 
our adjustable-rate mortgages will adjust sufficiently to compensate for increases to our cost of funds during 
periods of extreme interest rate increases.  

The original contractual loan payment period for residential loans is normally 10 to 30 years. Because 
borrowers  may refinance or prepay their loans without penalty, these loans tend to remain outstanding for a 
substantially  shorter  period  of  time.  First  mortgage  loans  customarily  include  “due-on-sale”  clauses  on 
adjustable-  and  fixed-rate  loans.  This  provision  gives  us  the  right  to  declare  a  loan  immediately  due  and 
payable in the event the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage. Due-
on-sale clauses are an important means of adjusting the rate on existing fixed-rate mortgage loans to current 
market  rates.  We  enforce  due-on-sale  clauses  through  foreclosure  and  other  legal  proceedings  to  the  extent 
available under applicable laws.  

In  general,  loans  are  sold  without  recourse  except  for  the  repurchase  right  arising  from  standard 
contract provisions covering violation of representations and warranties or, under certain investor contracts, a 
default by the borrower on the first payment. We also have limited recourse exposure under certain investor 
contracts in the event a borrower prepays a loan in total within a specified period after sale, typically one year. 
The  recourse  is  limited  to  a  pro  rata  portion  of  the  premium  paid  by  the  investor  for  that  loan,  less  any 
prepayment penalty collectible from the borrower. 

We  have  a  very  limited  amount  of  subprime  loans,  $15.1  million,  at December  31,  2009  (0.59%  of 
loans)  and  no  negative  amortizing  loans  or  interest  only  first  mortgage  loans.  Subprime  mortgage 
delinquencies  of  10.15%  in  our  small  portfolio  are  a  fraction  of  the  national  average  of  26.67%,  due  to  our 
underwriting and the seasoning of these loans. 

Commercial Real Estate, Construction and Commercial Lending.  

Pursuant  to  section  5(c)  of  the  Home  Owners’  Loan  Act  (“HOLA”)  federal  savings  banks  are 
generally permitted to invest up to 400% of their total regulatory capital in nonresidential real estate loans and 
up  to  20%  of  its  assets  in  commercial  loans.  As  a  federal  savings  bank  that  was  formerly  chartered  as  a 
Delaware savings bank, we have certain additional lending authority. 

We offer commercial real estate mortgage loans on multi-family properties and other commercial real 

estate. Generally, loan-to-value ratios for these loans do not exceed 80% of appraised value at origination.  

We  offer  commercial  construction  loans  to  developers.  In  some  cases  these  loans  are  made  as 
“construction/permanent”  loans,  which  provides  for  disbursement  of  loan  funds  during  construction  and 
automatic conversion to mini-permanent loans (1-5 years) upon completion of construction. These construction 
loans are made on a short-term basis, usually not exceeding two years, with interest rates indexed to our prime 
rate, the “Wall Street” prime rate or London InterBank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”), in most cases, and are adjusted 
periodically as these rates change. The loan appraisal process includes the same evaluation criteria as required 

-14- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for permanent mortgage loans, but also takes into consideration: completed plans, specifications, comparables 
and cost estimates. Prior to approval of the credit, these items are used as a basis to determine the appraised 
value  of  the  subject  property  when  completed.  Our  policy  requires  that  all  appraisals  be  reviewed 
independently  from  our  commercial  lending  staff.  Generally,  at  origination,  the  loan-to-value  ratios  for 
construction  loans  do  not  exceed  75%.  The  initial  interest  rate  on  the  permanent  portion  of  the  financing  is 
determined  by  the  prevailing  market  rate  at  the  time  of  conversion  to  the  permanent  loan.  At  December  31, 
2009, $287.6 million was committed for construction loans, of which $231.6 million was outstanding.  

The  remainder  of  our  commercial  lending  includes  loans  for  working  capital,  financing  equipment 
acquisitions,  business  expansion  and  other  business  purposes.  These  loans  generally  range  in  amounts  up  to 
$10 million (with a few loans higher), and their terms range from less than one year to seven years. The loans 
generally carry variable interest rates indexed to our Wall Street prime rate, national prime rate or LIBOR, at 
the time of closing.  

Commercial,  commercial  mortgage  and  construction  lending  have  a  higher  level  of  risk  than 
residential  mortgage  lending.  These  loans  typically  involve  larger  loan  balances  concentrated  with  single 
borrowers  or groups  of  related borrowers.  In  addition, the payment  experience on loans  secured  by  income-
producing  properties  is  typically  dependent  on  the  successful  operation  of  the  related  real  estate  project  and 
may be more subject to adverse conditions in the commercial real estate market or in the general economy. The 
majority  of  our  commercial  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  concentrated  in  Delaware  and  surrounding 
areas.  

As of December 31, 2009 our commercial loan portfolio was $1.1 billion and represented 44% of our 
total loan portfolio.  These loans are diversified by industry, with no industry representing more than 10% of 
the portfolio (Retail Trades).  We have noticed some weakness in this portfolio primarily from smaller credits 
with most of these loans well below $1 million.  This weakness was mainly in the small business sector which 
has been affected by the prolonged economic downturn. 

Our commercial real estate (CRE) portfolio was $524.4 million at December 31, 2009.  This portfolio 
is  diversified  by  property  type,  with  no  type  representing  more  than  28%  of  the  portfolio.    The  largest 
concentration is retail related (shopping centers, malls and other retail) with balances of $146.7 million.  The 
average loan size of the CRE portfolio is $1.6 million and we have only eight loans greater than $5 million 
with no loans greater than $10 million.  Most significant projects are located in our geographic footprint and 
while we have not experienced significant weakness to date, management continues to monitor this portfolio 
closely.   

Construction  loans  involve  additional  risk  because  loan  funds  are  advanced  as  construction  projects 
progress. The valuation of the underlying collateral can be difficult to quantify prior to the completion of the 
construction. This is due to uncertainties inherent in construction such as changing construction costs, delays 
arising from labor or material shortages and other unpredictable contingencies. We attempt to mitigate these 
risks and plan for these contingencies through additional analysis and monitoring of our construction projects. 
Construction loans receive independent inspections prior to disbursement of funds. 

As of December 31, 2009, our construction and land development (CLD) loans totaled $231.6 million, 
or  only 9.3% of  our  loan  portfolio.  Since  2005,  we  have imposed  limits  on each category of  residential  and 
commercial  CLD  loans,  as  well  as  geographic  sub-limits  and  a  sub-limit  on  “land  hold”  CLD.    Residential 
CLD, one of the hardest hit sectors in today’s economy, represents only $109.6 million or 4.3% of the loan 
portfolio. Our average residential CLD loan is $1.3 million. Only five of our residential CLD loans exceeded 
$5  million  in  outstandings  and  our  largest  geographic  concentration  (Sussex  County,  Delaware)  represents 
only  $37.0  million.    Our  commercial  CLD  portfolio  was  only  $84.7  million  or  3.3%  of  total  loans.    We 
continue to reduce the amount of exposure we have to these types of loans.  We are recording very few new 

-15- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CLD  loans,  the  remaining  amount  of  availability  on  existing  loans  is  minimal  and  there  are  very  few  loans 
with interest reserves remaining. 

Land loans were $113.6 million at December 31, 2009 including $50.6 million of “land hold” loans 

which are land loans not currently being developed.  

Only  nine  commercial  relationships  have  outstandings  in  excess  of  $20.0  million  and  each  of  these 

relationships is collateralized by real estate. 

Federal law limits the extensions of credit to any one borrower to 15% of unimpaired capital, or 25% 
if the difference is secured by readily marketable collateral having a market value that can be determined by 
reliable and continually available pricing. Extensions of credit include outstanding loans as well as contractual 
commitments  to  advance  funds,  such  as  standby  letters  of  credit,  but  do  not  include  unfunded  loan 
commitments. At December 31, 2009, no borrower had collective outstandings exceeding these limits. 

Consumer Lending.  

Our primary consumer credit products are home equity lines of credit and equity-secured installment 
loans.  At  December  31,  2009,  home  equity  lines  of  credit  totaled  $177.4  million  and  equity-secured 
installment loans totaled $102.7 million. In total these product lines represent 93.2% of total consumer loans. 
Some home equity products granted a borrower credit availability of up to 100% of the appraised value (net of 
any senior mortgages) of their residence. Maximum LTV limits were reduced to 80% as of November 2008 
and 75% as of June 2009.  At December 31, 2009, we had extended $284.9 million in home equity lines of 
credit. Home equity lines of credit offer customers potential Federal income tax advantages, the convenience 
of checkbook access and revolving credit features and are typically more attractive in the current low interest 
rate environment. Home equity lines of credit expose us to the risk that falling collateral values may leave us 
inadequately  secured,  while  the  risk  on  products  like  home  equity  loans  is  mitigated  as  they  amortize  over 
time.  

Prior to 2008, we had not observed any significant adverse experience on home equity lines of credit 
or equity-secured installment loans but delinquencies and net charge-offs on these products increased over the 
past two years, mainly as a result of the deteriorating economy and declining home values.  Since 2008, we 
also increased our loan loss reserves related to consumer loans.  

-16- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5
0
0
2

6
0
0
2

t
n
e
c
r
e
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

t
n
e
c
r
e
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

7
0
0
2

t
n
e
c
r
e
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

)
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
T
n
i

s
r
a
l
l
o
D

(

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

t
n
e
c
r
e
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

t
n
e
c
r
e
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

%
8
.
5
5

9
.
4
3

1
.
1

4
.
4

8
.
3

6
1
6
,
2

5
0
5
,
5
8

8
7
7
,
0
1

0
0
2
,
9

1
2
7
,
6
3
1

$

%
8
.
3
5

4
.
7
3

7
.
0

3
.
4

8
.
3

2
0
7
,
1

7
6
5
,
8
9

1
6
3
,
1
1

0
4
1
,
0
1

8
0
7
,
1
4
1

$

%
0
.
3
5

8
.
8
3

4
.
0

1
.
2

7
.
5

1
5
5
,
7
4
1

2
1
9
,
7
0
1

9
5
1
,
1

2
7
9
,
5

8
7
6
,
5
1

$

%
3
.
4
4

8
.
7
4

4
.
0

3
.
2

2
.
5

0
5
5
,
1
3
1

8
7
6
,
1
4
1

4
3
1
,
1

9
7
7
,
6

7
8
5
,
5
1

$

%
2
.
4
3

0
.
9
5

4
.
0

4
.
2

0
.
4

7
2
7
,
2
0
1

7
0
4
,
7
7
1

5
3
1
,
1

6
4
2
,
7

3
3
1
,
2
1

$

t
n
e
m

l
l
a
t
s
n
i

d
e
r
u
c
e
s

y
t
i
u
q
E

s
n
a
o
l

t
i
d
e
r
c

f
o

s
e
n
i
l
y
t
i
u
q
e

e
m
o
H

t
i
d
e
r
c

f
o
s
e
n
i
l

d
e
r
u
c
e
s
n
U

e
l
i
b
o
m
o
t
u
A

r
e
h
t
O

.
s
r
a
e
y
e
v
i
f

t
s
a
l

e
h
t

r
o
f

,
d
n
e
-
r
a
e
y
t
a

s
n
a
o
l

r
e
m
u
s
n
o
c

r
u
o
s
w
o
h
s

e
l
b
a
t
g
n
i
w
o
l
l
o
f

e
h
T

%
0
.
0
0
1

0
2
8
,
4
4
2

$

%
0
.
0
0
1

8
7
4
,
3
6
2

$

%
0
.
0
0
1

2
7
2
,
8
7
2

$

%
0
.
0
0
1

8
2
7
,
6
9
2

$

%
0
.
0
0
1

8
4
6
,
0
0
3

$

s
n
a
o
l

r
e
m
u
s
n
o
c

l
a
t
o
T

-
7
1
-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                       
Loan Originations, Purchase and Sales.  

We  have  engaged  in  traditional  lending  activities  primarily  in  Delaware  and  contiguous  areas  of 
neighboring states. As a federal savings bank, however, we may originate, purchase and sell loans throughout 
the  United  States.  We have  purchased  limited  amounts  of  loans  from  outside our  normal  lending  area  when 
such purchases are deemed appropriate. We originate fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential real estate loans 
through  our  banking  offices.  In  addition,  we  have  established  relationships  with  correspondent  banks  and 
mortgage brokers to originate loans.  

During  2009,  we  originated  $482.8  million  of  residential  real  estate  loans.  This  compares  to 
originations  of  $434.7  million  in  2008.  From  time  to  time,  we  have  purchased  whole  loans  and  loan 
participations  in  accordance  with  our  ongoing  asset  and  liability  management  objectives.  Purchases  of 
residential real estate loans from correspondents and brokers primarily in the mid-Atlantic region totaled $4.0 
million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $27.7 million for 2008. Residential real estate loan sales 
totaled $269.4 million in 2009 and $30.2 million in 2008.  We sell certain newly originated mortgage loans in 
the  secondary  market  primarily  to  control  the  interest  rate  sensitivity  of  our  balance  sheet  and  to  manage 
overall  balance  sheet  mix.  We  hold  certain  fixed-rate  mortgage  loans  for  investment  consistent  with  our 
current asset/liability management strategies. 

At  December  31,  2009,  we serviced approximately  $256.7  million of  residential mortgage  loans  for 
others compared to $268.8 million at December 31, 2008. We also service residential mortgage loans for our 
own portfolio totaling $348.9 million and $422.7 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  

We originate commercial real estate and commercial loans through our commercial lending division. 
Commercial  loans  are  made  for  working  capital,  financing  equipment  acquisitions,  business  expansion  and 
other business purposes. During 2009, we originated $502.7 million of commercial and commercial real estate 
loans  compared  with  $870.4  million  in  2008.  To  reduce  our  exposure  on  certain  types  of  these  loans,  or  to 
maintain  relationships  within  internal  lending  limits,  at  times  we  will  sell  a  portion  of  our  commercial  real 
estate  loan  portfolio,  typically  through  loan  participations.  Commercial  real  estate  loan  sales  totaled  $23.5 
million and $39.3 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. These amounts represent gross contract amounts and 
do not necessarily reflect amounts outstanding on those loans. 

Our consumer lending activity is conducted mainly through our branch offices. We originate a variety 
of consumer credit products including home improvement loans, home equity lines of credit, automobile loans, 
unsecured lines of credit and other secured and unsecured personal installment loans.  

During 2006, we formed a new reverse mortgage initiative under the Bank’s retail leadership. While 
the Bank’s activity during 2009 has been limited to acting as a correspondent for these loans, our intention is to 
originate and underwrite our own reverse mortgages in the future.  We expect to sell most of these loans and 
not hold them in our portfolio. These reverse mortgages are government insured.  During 2009 we originated 
$46.9 million in reverse mortgages compared to $38.6 million during 2008, of which all were sold (does not 
include loan originated by 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC). 

During 2008, we acquired a majority interest in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (1st Reverse), which 
specializes in originating and subsequently selling reverse mortgage loans nationwide. These reverse mortgages 
are government approved and insured.  During the latter part of 2009, we decided to conduct an orderly wind-
down of 1st Reverse operations (discussed further in Note 20 of the Financial Statements).   

All  loans  to  one  borrowing  relationship  exceeding  $3.5  million  must  be  approved  by  the  Senior 
Management Loan Committee (“SLC”). The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors (“EC”) reviews 
the minutes of the SLC meetings. They also approve individual loans exceeding $5 million for customers with 
less than one year of significant loan history with the Bank and loans in excess of $7.5 million for customers 
with  established  borrowing  relationships.  Depending  upon  their  experience  and  management  position, 

-18- 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
individual officers of the Bank have the authority to approve smaller loan amounts. Our credit policy includes 
a  “House  Limit”  to  one  borrowing  relationship  of  $20  million.    In  extraordinary  circumstances,  we  will 
approve exceptions to the “House Limit”.  Currently we have nine relationships that exceed this limit.  Those 
nine relationships were allowed to exceed the “House Limit” because either the relationship contained several 
loans/borrowers  that  have  no  economic  relationship  (typically  real  estate  investors  with  amounts  diversified 
across a number of properties) or the exposure was marginally in excess of the “House Limit” and the credit 
profile was deemed strong.  

Fee Income from Lending Activities.  

We earn fee income from lending activities, including fees for originating loans, servicing loans and 
selling  loan  participations.    We  also  receive  fee  income  for  making  commitments  to  originate  construction, 
residential  and  commercial  real  estate  loans.  Additionally,  we  collect  fees  related  to  existing  loans  which 
include prepayment charges, late charges, assumption fees and swap fees. 

We  charge  fees  for  making  loan  commitments.    Also  as  part  of  the  loan  application  process,  the 

borrower may pay us for out-of-pocket costs to review the application, whether or not the loan is closed.  

Most loan fees are not recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations immediately, but are 
deferred  as  adjustments  of  yield  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  are 
reflected in interest income. Those fees represented interest income of $944,000, $1.1 million, and $124,000 
during 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.  Fee income in 2009 was mainly due to fee accretion on existing 
loans  (including  the  acceleration  of  the  accretion  on  loans  that  paid  early),  loan  growth  and  prepayment 
penalties. The increase in 2008 was mainly the result of several large prepayment penalties. Loan fees other 
than those considered adjustments of yield (such as late charges) are reported as loan fee income, a component 
of noninterest income.  

LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE, PROBLEM ASSETS AND DELINQUENCIES 

Our  results  of  operations  can  be  negatively  impacted  by  nonperforming  assets,  which  include 
nonaccruing loans, nonperforming real estate investments, assets acquired through foreclosure and restructured 
loans. Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual 
status immediately if, in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past 
due  90  days  or  more  and  collateral  is  insufficient  to  cover  principal  and  interest.  Interest  accrued,  but  not 
collected  at  the  date  a  loan  is  placed  on  nonaccrual  status,  is  reversed  and  charged  against  interest  income.  In 
addition,  the  amortization  of  net  deferred  loan  fees  is  suspended  when  a  loan  is  placed  on  nonaccrual  status. 
Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, 
depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest.  

We  endeavor  to  manage  our  portfolio  to  identify  problem  loans  as  promptly  as  possible  and  take 
immediate actions to minimize losses. To accomplish this, our Risk Management Department monitors the asset 
quality  of  our  loan  and  investment  in  real  estate  portfolios  and  reports  such  information  to  the  Credit  Policy 
Committee, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and the Bank’s Controller’s Department.  

SOURCES OF FUNDS 

We manage our liquidity risk and funding needs through our treasury function and our Asset/Liability 
Committee.  Historically,  we  have  had  success  in  growing  our  loan  portfolio.  For  example,  during  the  year 
ended December 31, 2009, net loan growth resulted in the use of $109.3 million in cash. The loan growth was 
primarily  the  result  of  our  continued  success  increasing  corporate  and  small  business  lending.  Management 
expects  this  trend  to  continue.  While  our  loan-to-deposit  ratio  has  been  well  above  100%  for  many  years, 
during 2009 we have made significant improvements to decrease this ratio through increased deposit growth.  

-19- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  long-term  goal  is  100%  by  2012.    Management  has  significant  experience  managing  its  funding  needs 
through borrowings and deposit growth.  

As a financial institution, we have ready access to several sources of funding. Among these are: 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

Deposit growth 
Brokered deposits 
Borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) 
Fed Discount Window access 
Other borrowings such as repurchase agreements 
Cash flow from securities and loan sales and repayments 
Net income. 

Our current branch expansion and renovation program is focused on expanding our retail footprint in 
Delaware  and  attracting  new  customers  to  provide  additional  deposit  growth.  Customer  deposit  growth  was 
strong, equaling $438.9 million, or 26%, between December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009.   

Deposits.  We  offer  various  deposit  programs  to  our  customers,  including  savings  accounts,  demand 
deposits,  interest-bearing  demand  deposits,  money  market  deposit  accounts  and  certificates  of  deposits.  In 
addition,  we  accept  “jumbo”  certificates  of  deposit  with  balances  in  excess  of  $100,000  from  individuals, 
businesses and municipalities in Delaware.  

WSFS is the second largest independent full service banking institution headquartered and operating in 
Delaware. The Bank primarily attracts deposits through its 41 banking offices. Twenty-four banking offices were 
located  in  northern  Delaware’s  New  Castle  County,  WSFS’  primary  market.  These  banking  offices  maintain 
approximately  167,000  total  account  relationships  with  approximately  65,000  total  households.  Seven  banking 
offices  are  located  in  Delaware’s  Sussex  County.  Five  banking  offices  are  located  in  central  Delaware’s  Kent 
County, three of which are in the state capital, Dover.  Four banking offices are located in nearby southeastern 
Pennsylvania and one banking office is located in Annandale, Virginia. 

Growth in total deposits of $439.5 million, or 21% compares favorably to the national average growth 

rate of 6% based on a recent Federal Reserve statistical release (FRB: H.8 Release dated February 5, 2010). 

The following table shows the maturity of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more as of December 

31, 2009: 

Maturity Period 

Less than 3 months 
Over 3 months to 6 months 
Over 6 months to 12 months 
Over 12 months 

December 31,
2009 
(In Thousands) 

  $ 

  $ 

125,491  
  42,597  
  38,612  
  65,634  
272,334  

-20- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings. We utilize the following borrowing sources to fund operations: 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances 

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, we are able to obtain Federal Home 
Loan  Bank  (“FHLB”)  advances.  Advances  from  the  FHLB  of  Pittsburgh  had  rates  ranging  from  0.26%  to 
5.45% at December 31, 2009. Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, the advances are secured by 
qualifying  first  mortgage  loans,  qualifying  fixed-income  securities,  FHLB  stock  and  an  interest-bearing 
demand deposit account with the FHLB. We are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the 
FHLB of Pittsburgh in an amount at least equal to 4.75% of its borrowings from them, plus 0.75% of our 
unused borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2009, our FHLB stock investment totaled $39.3 million. 

At December 31, 2009 we had $613.1 million in FHLB advances with a weighted average rate of 2.59% 
maturing  in  2010  and  beyond.  Six  advances  totaling  $95.0  million  are  convertible  on  a  quarterly  basis  (at  the 
discretion of the FHLB) to a variable rate advance based upon the three-month LIBOR rate, after an initial fixed 
term. If any of these advances convert, WSFS has the option to prepay these advances at predetermined times or 
rates. 

In December 2008, the FHLB of Pittsburgh announced the suspension of both dividend payments and 
the repurchase of capital stock until such time as it becomes prudent to reinstate both. We received no dividends 
from the FHLB of Pittsburgh during 2009. 

 Trust Preferred Borrowings 

In  2005,  we  issued  $67.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Pooled  Floating  Rate  Securities  at  a 
variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. The proceeds from this issuance were 
used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate Capital Trust I Preferred Securities which had a 
variable interest rate of 250 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate.  

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) 

During 2009, we participated in the FDIC’s TLGP Debt Guarantee Program.  Under this program we 

issued $30.0 million of unsecured debt with a coupon rate of 2.74% and a 3 year maturity. 

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 

During 2009, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source. At December 31, 2009, we had 
purchased  $75.0  million  in  federal  funds  at  a  rate  of  0.38%.  At  December  31,  2008,  we  had  purchased  $50.0 
million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38%.  

During 2009, we sold securities under agreements to repurchase as a funding source. At both December 
31, 2009 and 2008, we had $25.0 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase with a fixed rate of 
4.87%. The underlying securities are mortgage-backed securities with a book value of $29.2 million at December 
31, 2009. 

PERSONNEL 

As of December 31, 2009 we had 643 full-time equivalent Associates (employees).  The Associates 
are not represented by a collective bargaining unit.  Management believes its relationship with its Associates is 
very good. 

-21- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REGULATION 

Regulation of the Corporation 

General. We are a registered savings and loan holding company and are subject to the regulation, 
examination, supervision and reporting requirements of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). We are 
also a registered public company subject to the reporting requirements of the United States Securities and 
Exchange  Commission.  The  filings  we  make  with  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  including 
Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all 
amendments  to  those  reports,  are  available  on  the  investor  relations  page  of  our  website  at 
www.wsfsbank.com.  

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) has promulgated 
new  regulations  pursuant  to  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  (the  “Act”)  and  may  continue  to  propose 
additional  implementing  or  clarifying regulations  as necessary  in  furtherance  of  the  Act.  The  passage of  the 
Act  and  the  regulations  implemented  by  the  SEC  subject  publicly-traded  companies  to  additional  and  more 
cumbersome reporting regulations and disclosure. Compliance with the Act and corresponding regulations has 
increased our expenses. 

Restrictions on Acquisitions. A savings and loan holding company must obtain the prior approval of 
the Director of OTS before acquiring (i) control of any other savings association or savings and loan holding 
company  or  substantially  all  the  assets  thereof,  or  (ii)  more  than  5%  of  the  voting  shares  of  a  savings 
association  or  holding  company  thereof  which  is  not  a  subsidiary.  Except  with  the  prior  approval  of  the 
Director of OTS, no director or officer of a savings and loan holding company or person owning or controlling 
by  proxy  or  otherwise  more  than  25%  of  such  company’s  stock,  may  also  acquire  control  of  any  savings 
association, other than a subsidiary savings association, or of any other savings and loan holding company.  

The  OTS  may  only  approve  acquisitions  resulting  in  the  formation  of  a  multiple  savings  and  loan 
holding  company  which  controls  savings  associations  in  more  than  one  state  if:  (i)  the  company  involved 
controls  a  savings  institution  which  operated  a  home  or  branch  office  in  the  state  of  the  association  to  be 
acquired  as  of  March  5,  1987;  (ii)  the  acquirer  is  authorized  to  acquire  control  of  the  savings  association 
pursuant to the emergency acquisition provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (iii) the statutes of 
the  state  in  which  the  association  to  be  acquired  is located  specifically  permit  institutions  to  be  acquired  by 
state-chartered  associations  or  savings  and  loan  holding  companies  located  in  the  state  where  the  acquiring 
entity is located (or by a holding company that controls such state-chartered savings institutions). The laws of 
Delaware do not specifically authorize out-of-state savings associations or their holding companies to acquire 
Delaware-chartered savings associations.  

The statutory restrictions on the formation of interstate multiple holding companies would not prevent 
us  from  entering  into  other  states  by  mergers  or  branching.  OTS  regulations  permit  federal  associations  to 
branch  in  any  state  or  states  of  the  United  States  and  its  territories.  Except  in  supervisory  cases  or  when 
interstate branching is otherwise permitted by state law or other statutory provision, a federal association may 
not establish an  out-of-state  branch unless  the  federal association  qualifies  as  a  “domestic  building  and  loan 
association” under Section 7701(a)(19) of the Internal Revenue Code or as a “qualified thrift lender” under the 
Home Owners’ Loan Act and the total assets attributable to all branches of the association in the state would 
qualify such branches taken as a whole for treatment as a domestic building and loan association or qualified 
thrift  lender.  Federal  associations  generally  may  not  establish  new  branches  unless  the  association  meets  or 
exceeds  minimum  regulatory  capital  requirements.  The  OTS  will  also  consider  the  association’s  record  of 
compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 in connection with any branch application.  

Recent  Legislative  and  Regulatory  Initiatives  to  Address  the  Current  Financial  and  Economic 
Crisis.  Congress,  the  United  States  Department  of  the  Treasury  (“Treasury”)  and  the  federal  banking 
regulators, including the FDIC, have taken broad action since early September 2008 to address volatility in the 

-22- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
U.S.  banking  system  and  financial  markets.  See  “Recent  Legislation”  under  Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion.    

Regulation of WSFS Bank 

General. As a federally chartered savings institution, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the 
Office  of  Thrift  Supervision.  The  lending  activities  and  other  investments  of  the  Bank  must  comply  with 
various  federal  regulatory  requirements.  The  OTS  periodically  examines  the  Bank  for  compliance  with 
regulatory  requirements.  The  FDIC  also  has  the  authority  to  conduct  special  examinations  of  the  Bank.  The 
Bank must file reports with the OTS describing its activities and financial condition. The Bank is also subject 
to certain reserve requirements promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.  

Transactions with Affiliates; Tying Arrangements. The Bank is subject to certain restrictions in 
its  dealings  with  us  and  our  affiliates.  Transactions  between  savings  associations  and  any  affiliate  are 
governed  by  Sections  23A  and  23B  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Act.  An  affiliate  of  a  savings  association, 
generally,  is  any  company  or  entity  which  controls  or  is  under  common  control  with  the  savings 
association or any subsidiary of the savings association that is a bank or savings association. In a holding 
company  context,  the  parent  holding  company  of  a  savings  association  (such  as  “WSFS  Financial 
Corporation”) and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of 
the  savings  association.  Generally,  Sections  23A  and  23B  (i)  limit  the  extent  to  which  the  savings 
institution or  its  subsidiaries  may  engage  in  “covered  transactions”  with  any  one  affiliate  to  an  amount 
equal  to  10%  of  such  institution’s  capital  stock  and  surplus,  and  limit  the  aggregate  of  all  such 
transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus and (ii) require 
that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or 
subsidiary  as  those  provided  to  a  non-affiliate.  The  term  “covered  transaction”  includes  the  making  of 
loans,  purchase  of  assets,  issuance  of  a  guarantee  and  similar  types  of  transactions.  In  addition  to  the 
restrictions imposed by Sections 23A and 23B, no savings association may (i) lend or otherwise extend 
credit  to  an  affiliate  that  engages  in  any  activity  impermissible  for  bank  holding  companies,  or  (ii) 
purchase or invest in any stocks, bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations of any affiliate, except for 
affiliates which are subsidiaries of the savings association. Savings associations are also prohibited from 
extending  credit,  offering services,  or  fixing  or varying  the  consideration  for any  extension  of  credit  or 
service on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or certain of 
its affiliates or that the customer not obtain services from a competitor of the institution, subject to certain 
limited exceptions. 

Regulatory Capital Requirements. Under OTS capital regulations, savings institutions must maintain 
“tangible” capital equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “Tier 1” or “core” capital equal to 4% of adjusted total 
assets (or 3% if the institution is rated composite 1 under the OTS examiner rating system), and “total” capital 
(a  combination  of  core  and  “supplementary”  capital)  equal  to  8%  of  risk-weighted  assets.  In  addition,  OTS 
regulations impose certain restrictions on savings associations that have a total risk-based capital ratio that is 
less than 8.0%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4.0% or a ratio of Tier 1 capital to 
adjusted  total  assets  of  less  than  4.0%  (or  3.0%  if  the  institution  is  rated  Composite  1  under  the  OTS 
examination rating system). For purposes of these regulations, Tier 1 capital has the same definition as core 
capital.  

The  OTS  capital  rule  defines  Tier  1  or  core  capital  as  common  stockholders’  equity  (including 
retained earnings), noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, minority interests in the equity 
accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries, certain nonwithdrawable accounts and pledged deposits of mutual 
institutions  and  “qualifying  supervisory  goodwill,”  less  intangible  assets  other  than  certain  supervisory 
goodwill and, subject to certain limitations, mortgage and non-mortgage servicing rights, purchased credit card 
relationships  and  credit-enhancing  interest  only  strips.  Tangible  capital  is  given  the  same  definition  as  core 
capital but does not include qualifying supervisory goodwill and is reduced by the amount of all the savings 

-23- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
institution’s  intangible  assets  except  for limited  amounts  of  mortgage  servicing assets.  The  OTS  capital  rule 
requires that core and tangible capital be reduced by an amount equal to a savings institution’s debt and equity 
investments in “non-includable” subsidiaries engaged in activities not permissible to national banks, other than 
subsidiaries  engaged  in  activities  undertaken  as  agent  for  customers  or  in  mortgage  banking  activities  and 
subsidiary  depository  institutions  or  their  holding  companies.  At  December  31,  2009,  the  Bank  was  in 
compliance with both the core and tangible capital requirements.  

The risk weights assigned by the OTS risk-based capital regulation range from 0% for cash and U.S. 
government securities to 100% for consumer and commercial loans, non-qualifying mortgage loans, property 
acquired through foreclosure, assets more than 90 days past due and other assets. In determining compliance 
with the risk-based capital requirement, a savings institution may include both core capital and supplementary 
capital in its total capital, provided the amount of supplementary capital included does not exceed the savings 
institution’s  core  capital.  Supplementary  capital  is  defined  to  include  certain  preferred  stock  issues,  non-
withdrawable accounts and pledged deposits that do not qualify as core capital, certain approved subordinated 
debt, certain other capital instruments, general loan loss allowances up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up 
to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values. Total 
capital  is  reduced  by  the  amount  of  the  institution’s  reciprocal  holdings  of  depository  institution  capital 
instruments and all equity investments. At December 31, 2009, WSFS Bank was in compliance with the OTS 
risk-based capital requirements. 

Dividend  Restrictions.  As  the  subsidiary  of  a  savings  and loan  holding company, WSFS  bank must 
submit notice to the OTS prior to making any capital distribution (which includes cash dividends and payments 
to  shareholders  of  another  institution  in  a  cash  merger).  In  addition,  a  savings  association  must  make 
application to the OTS to pay a capital distribution if (x) the association would not be adequately capitalized 
following  the  distribution,  (y)  the  association’s  total  distributions  for  the  calendar  year  exceeds  the 
association’s net income for the calendar year to date plus its net income (less distributions) for the preceding 
two years, or (z) the distribution would otherwise violate applicable law or regulation or an agreement with or 
condition imposed by the OTS.  

Insurance  of  Deposit  Accounts.  The  Bank’s  deposits  are  insured  to  applicable  limits  by  the  FDIC 
(“Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation”).  The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform 
Act”), which was signed into law on February 15, 2006, resulted in significant changes to the federal deposit 
insurance  program:  (i)  effective  March  31,  2006,  the  Bank  Insurance  Fund  and  the  Savings  Association 
Insurance Fund were merged into a new combined fund, called the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”); (ii) the 
current $100,000 deposit insurance coverage will be indexed for inflation (with adjustments every five years, 
commencing January 1, 2011); and (iii) deposit insurance coverage for retirement accounts was increased to 
$250,000  per  participant  subject  to  adjustment  for  inflation.  However,  due  to  the  recent  difficult  economic 
conditions,  deposit  insurance  per  account  owner  has  been  raised  to  $250,000  for  all  types  of  accounts  until 
December 2013. In addition, the Reform Act gave the FDIC greater latitude in setting the assessment rates for 
insured depository institutions, which could be used to impose minimum assessments. 

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk 
categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital level, and certain other factors, with less risky 
institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it 
is assigned. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.  

For calendar year 2008, assessments ranged from five to 43 basis points of each institution’s deposit 
assessment  base.  Due  to  losses  incurred  by  the  DIF  in  2008  from  failed  institutions,  and  anticipated  future 
losses, the FDIC adopted an across the board seven-basis point increase in the assessment range for the first 
quarter of 2009. The FDIC made further refinements to its risk-based assessment system, as of April 1, 2009, 
that effectively made the range seven to 77.5 basis points. The FDIC may adjust the scale uniformly from one 
quarter  to  the  next,  except  that  no  adjustment  can  deviate  more  than  three  basis  points  from  the  base  scale 
without notice and comment rulemaking.  

-24- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The FDIC also imposed on all insured institutions a special emergency assessment of five basis points 
of total assets minus Tier 1 capital (capped at ten basis points of an institution’s deposit assessment base, as of 
June 30, 2009), in order to cover losses to the DIF. That special assessment was collected on September 30, 
2009.  

In  November  2009,  the  FDIC  issued  a  rule  that  required  all  insured  depository  institutions,  with 
limited  exceptions,  to  prepay  their  estimated  quarterly  risk-based  assessments  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009 
and  for  all  of  2010,  2011  and  2012  on  December 30,  2009.  The  assessment  was  calculated  by  taking  the 
institution’s actual September 30, 2009 assessment base and increasing it quarterly by an estimated 5% annual 
growth rate through the end of 2012. The FDIC also adopted a uniform three basis point increase in assessment 
rates  effective  on  January 1,  2011.  Under  GAAP  accounting  rules,  the  prepaid  assessments  would  not 
immediately affect a bank’s earnings. Each institution records the entire amount of the prepaid assessment as a 
prepaid expense, an asset on its balance sheet, as of December 30, 2009, the date the payment was made.  As 
of  December 31,  2009,  and  each  quarter  thereafter,  each  institution  records  an  expense  for  its  quarterly 
assessment invoiced on its quarterly statement and an offsetting credit to the prepaid assessment until the asset 
is exhausted.  The FDIC would also have the authority to exercise its discretion as supervisor and insurer to 
exempt  an  institution  from  the  prepayment  requirement  if  the  FDIC  determines  that  the  prepayment  would 
significantly impair the institution’s liquidity or would otherwise create significant hardship.  

Federal law also provides for the possibility that the FDIC may pay dividends to insured institutions 

once the DIF reserve ratio equals or exceeds 1.35% of estimated insured deposits.  

The  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Reform  Act  of  2005  provided  the  FDIC  with  authority  to  adjust  the 
DIF ratio to insured deposits within a range of 1.15% and 1.50%, in contrast to the prior statutorily fixed ratio 
of 1.25%. The Restoration Plan adopted by the FDIC seeks to restore the DIF to a 1.15% ratio within a period 
of eight years.  

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged 
in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any 
applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC. Management does not know of any 
practice, condition, or violation that might lead to termination of the deposit insurance of the Bank.  

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest 
payments  on  bonds  issued  by  the  Financing  Corporation  (“FICO”),  an  agency  of  the  Federal  government 
established  to  recapitalize  the  predecessor  to  the  SAIF.  The  FICO  assessment  rates,  which  are  determined 
quarterly, averaged 1.06 basis points of assessable deposits in 2009. These assessments will continue until the 
FICO bonds mature in 2019. 

Temporary  Liquidity  Guarantee  Program.  In  November  2008,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  FDIC 
adopted a final rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLG Program”). Under the TLG 
Program,  the  FDIC  will  (i) guarantee,  through  the  earlier  of  maturity  or  December 31,  2012  (extended  from 
June 30, 2012 by subsequent amendment), certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating 
institutions  on  or  after  October 14,  2008,  and  before  October 31,  2009  (extended  from  June 30,  2009  by 
subsequent  amendment)  and  (ii) provide  full  FDIC  deposit  insurance  coverage  for  non-interest  bearing 
transaction  deposit  accounts,  Negotiable  Order  of  Withdrawal  (“NOW”)  accounts  paying  less  than  0.5% 
interest  per  annum  and  Interest  on  Lawyers  Trust  Accounts  (“IOLTA”)  held  at  participating  FDIC  insured 
institutions  through  June 30,  2010  (extended  from  December 31,  2009,  subject  to  an  opt-out  provision,  by 
subsequent amendment). We have elected to participate in both guarantee programs and did not opt out of the 
six-month  extension  of  the  transaction  account  guarantee  program.    In  2009,  we  issued  $30.0  million  of 
unsecured debt under this program. 

Federal Reserve System. Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a savings institution 
must maintain reserves against their transaction accounts. As of December 31, 2009, no reserves were required 

-25- 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
to  be  maintained  on  the  first  $10.7  million  of  transaction  accounts,  reserves  of  3%  were  required  to  be 
maintained against the next $55.2 million of transaction accounts and a reserve of 10% against all remaining 
transaction accounts. This percentage is subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board. Because required 
reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a non-interest bearing account at a Federal Reserve 
Bank, the effect of the reserve requirement may reduce the amount of an institution’s interest-earning assets. 
As of December 31, 2009 we met our reserve requirements. 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

The following are certain risks that management believes are specific to our business. This should not 

be viewed as an all inclusive list and the order is not intended as an indicator of the level of importance. 

Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic conditions may not 
stabilize the U.S. economy or the U.S. banking system.  

On  October  3,  2008,  President  Bush  signed  into  law  the  Emergency  Economic  Stabilization  Act  of 
2008  (the  “EESA”)  which,  among  other  measures,  authorizes  the  U.S.  Department  of  the  Treasury 
(“Treasury”)  to  purchase  from  financial  institutions  and  their  holding  companies  up  to  $700  billion  in 
mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity 
securities issued by financial institutions and their holding companies, under a troubled asset relief program, or 
“TARP.”  The  purpose  of  TARP  is  to  restore  confidence  and  stability  to  the  U.S.  banking  system  and  to 
encourage  financial  institutions  to  increase  their  lending  to  customers  and  to  each  other.  Under  the  TARP 
Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), Treasury is purchasing equity securities from participating institutions. On 
January  23,  2009,  as  part  of  CPP,  we  sold  (i)  52,625  shares  of  the  Registrant’s  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative 
Perpetual  Preferred  Stock, Series  A  (the  “Series  A  Preferred  Stock”)  and  (ii)  a  warrant  to  purchase  175,105 
shares  of  our  Common  Stock  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $52.6  million  in  cash.  The  EESA  also 
increased federal deposit insurance on most deposit accounts from $100,000 to $250,000. This increase is in 
place until the end of 2013 and is not covered by deposit insurance premiums paid by the banking industry.  

The EESA followed, and has been followed by, numerous actions by the Board of Governors of the 
Federal  Reserve  System,  the  U.S.  Congress,  Treasury,  the  FDIC,  the  SEC  and  others  to  address  the  current 
liquidity and credit crisis that has followed the sub-prime meltdown that commenced in 2007. These measures 
include homeowner relief that encourages loan restructuring and modification; the establishment of significant 
liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; the lowering of the federal funds 
rate; emergency action against short selling practices; a temporary guaranty program for money market funds; 
the establishment of a commercial paper funding facility to provide back-stop liquidity to commercial paper 
issuers; and coordinated international efforts to address illiquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector. 
More recently, on February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was 
signed into law. ARRA, more commonly known as the economic stimulus bill or economic recovery package, 
is intended to stimulate the economy and provides for broad infrastructure, education and health spending. 

On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the establishment of a temporary liquidity guarantee 

program to provide full deposit insurance for all non-interest bearing transaction accounts and guarantees of 
certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by FDIC-insured institutions and their holding companies. 
Insured institutions were automatically covered by this program from October 14, 2008 until December 5, 
2008, unless they opted out prior to that date. Under the program, the FDIC will guarantee timely payment of 
newly issued senior unsecured debt issued on or before June 30, 2010. The debt includes all newly issued 
unsecured senior debt including promissory notes, commercial paper and inter-bank funding. The aggregate 
coverage for an institution may not exceed 125% of its debt outstanding on September 30, 2008 that was 
scheduled to mature before June 30, 2009, or, for certain insured institutions, 2% of liabilities as of September 
30, 2008. The guarantee will extend to June 30, 2012 even if the maturity of the debt is after that date. The 
Bank pays a fee equal to 300 basis points for its participation in the unsecured debt guarantee program. 

-26- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The purpose of these legislative and regulatory actions is to stabilize the U.S. economy and banking 
system. The EESA, the ARRA and the other regulatory initiatives described above may not have their desired 
effects.  If  the  volatility  in  the  markets  continues  and  economic  conditions  fail  to  improve  or  worsen,  our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.  

Higher Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums and assessments will adversely 
impact our earnings.  

FDIC  insurance  premiums  have  increased  substantially  in  2009  already,  and  we  expect  to  pay 
significantly higher FDIC premiums in the future. A large number of bank failures have significantly depleted 
the deposit insurance fund and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. On May 22, 2009, the Federal 
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  adopted  a  final  rule  levying  a  five  basis  point  special  assessment  on  each 
insured  depository  institution’s  assets  minus  Tier  1  capital  as  of  June  30,  2009.  The  special  assessment  was 
payable  on  September 30,  2009.  We  recorded  an  expense  of  $1.7  million  during  the  quarter  ended  June  30, 
2009,  to  reflect  the  special  assessment.  The  final  rule  permits  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  to 
levy up to two additional special assessments of up to five basis points each during 2009 if the Federal Deposit 
Insurance  Corporation  estimates  that  the  Deposit  Insurance  Fund  reserve  ratio  will  fall  to  a  level  that  the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation believes would adversely affect public confidence or to a level that will 
be close to or below zero. We participate in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, or TLG, for 
noninterest-bearing  transaction  deposit  accounts.  Banks  that  participate  in  the  TLG’s  noninterest-bearing 
transaction account guarantee will pay the FDIC an annual assessment of 10 basis points on the amounts in 
such  accounts  above  the  amounts  covered  by  FDIC  deposit  insurance.  To  the  extent  that  these  TLG 
assessments  are  insufficient  to  cover  any  loss  or  expenses  arising  from  the  TLG  program,  the  FDIC  is 
authorized to impose an emergency special assessment on all FDIC-insured depository institutions. The FDIC 
has authority to impose charges for the TLG program upon depository institution holding companies, as well. 
The FDIC has extended the TLG to June 30, 2010, and increased the fee to banks that elect to participate in the 
extension to 15 to 25 basis points, depending on the institution’s risk category. WSFS Bank elected to continue 
to participate in the TLG. These changes will cause our deposit insurance expense to increase. These actions 
could significantly increase our noninterest expense for the foreseeable future. 

Any  further  special  assessments  that  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  levies  will  be 
recorded as an expense during the appropriate period. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
increased  the  general  assessment  rate  and  our  prior  credits  for  federal  deposit  insurance  were  fully  utilized 
during  the  quarter  ended  June 30,  2009.  Therefore,  our  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  general 
insurance premium expense will increase compared to prior periods.  

On  November  12,  2009,  the  FDIC  issued  a  final  rule  requiring  all  banks  to  prepay  their  estimated 
assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 on December 30, 2009. Under 
the  rule,  the  assessment  rate  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009  and  for  2010  will  be  based  on  each  bank’s  base 
assessment rate in effect as of September 30, 2009, and the assessment rate for 2011 and 2012 will be equal to 
such September 30, 2009 assessment rate plus an additional three basis points. In addition, each institution’s 
base assessment rate for each period would be calculated using its assessment base as of September 30, 2009, 
adjusted  quarterly  for  an  estimated  5%  annual  growth  rate  in  the  assessment  base  through  the  end  of  2012. 
Based on the final rule, we were required to make a payment of $21.3 million to the FDIC on December 30, 
2009 and to record the pre-payment as a prepaid expense, which will be amortized to expense over three years. 
Whether this prepayment will provide sufficient funding is uncertain. There is no assurance the FDIC will not 
require additional funding from the banking system which may negatively impact us. 

The prolonged deep recession, difficult market conditions and economic trends have adversely affected 
our industry and our business. 

We  are  particularly  exposed  to  downturns  in  the  U.  S.  housing  market.  Dramatic  declines  in  the 
housing market over the past year, with decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures, 

-27- 

 
 
 
  
 
have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage and construction loans that resulted in significant 
write-downs of assets by many financial institutions. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting 
many  loans  have  declined  and  may  continue  to  decline.  General  downward  economic  trends,  reduced 
availability  of  commercial  credit  and  increasing  unemployment  have  negatively  impacted  the  credit 
performance  of  commercial  and  consumer  credit,  resulting  in  additional  write-downs.  Concerns  over  the 
stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased credit supply in part due to the 
reduction in non-bank providers of credit in the marketplace. This market turmoil and tightening of credit has 
led  to  increased  commercial  and  consumer  deficiencies,  lack  of  customer  confidence,  increased  market 
volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. Competition among depository institutions for 
deposits  has  increased  significantly.  Financial  institutions  have  experienced  decreased  access  to  deposits  or 
borrowings. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses and the lack of confidence in the 
financial markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price. 
We  do  not expect  that  the difficult market  conditions  will  improve  in  the near  future.  A  worsening  of  these 
conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in 
the industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

An  increase  in  the  number  of  borrowers  unable  to  repay  their  loans  in  accordance  with  the
original terms. 

Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in
our credit exposure is made more complex by these difficult market and economic conditions. 

We  also  may  be  required  to  pay  even  higher  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation 
premiums  than  the  recently  increased  level,  because  financial  institution  failures  resulting
from the depressed market conditions have depleted and may continue to deplete the deposit
insurance fund and reduce its ratio of reserves to insured deposits. 

Our  ability  to  borrow  from  other  financial  institutions  or  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  on
favorable  terms  or  at  all  could  be  adversely  affected  by  further  disruptions  in  the  capital
markets or other events. 

We  may  experience  increases  in  foreclosures,  delinquencies  and  customer  bankruptcies,  as
well as more restricted access to funds. 

Concentration  of  loans  in  our  primary  market  area,  which  has  recently  experienced  an  economic 
downturn, may increase risk.  

Our  success  depends  primarily  on  the  general  economic  conditions  in  the  State  of  Delaware, 
southeastern  Pennsylvania  and  northern  Virginia,  as  nearly  all  of  our  loans  are  to  customers  in  this  market. 
Accordingly,  the  local  economic  conditions  in  these  markets  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  ability  of 
borrowers to repay loans as well as our ability to originate new loans. As such, a continuation of the decline in 
real estate valuations in these markets would lower the value of the collateral securing those loans. In addition, 
a  continued  weakening  in  general  economic  conditions  such  as  inflation,  recession,  unemployment  or  other 
factors beyond our control could negatively affect our financial results.  

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will decrease.  

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including 
the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for 
the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our 
loans,  our  loss  and  delinquency  experience,  and  we  evaluate  economic  conditions.  If  our  assumptions  are 
incorrect,  our  allowance  for  loan  losses  may  not  be  sufficient  to  cover  probable  incurred  losses  in  our  loan 

-28- 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. Material additions to our allowance could materially decrease 
our net income.  

Our  loan  portfolio  includes  a  substantial  amount  of  commercial  real  estate  and  commercial  and 
industrial  loans.  The  credit  risk  related  to  these  types  of  loans  is  greater  than  the  risk  related  to 
residential loans. 

Our commercial loan portfolio, which includes commercial and industrial loans and commercial real 
estate  loans,  totaled  $1.9  billion  at  December  31,  2009,  comprising  74%  of  total  loans.  Commercial  and 
industrial loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a greater degree of risk of nonpayment or late 
payment than home equity loans or residential mortgage loans. Any significant failure to pay or late payments 
by our customers would hurt our earnings. The increased credit risk associated with these types of loans is a 
result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, 
the size of loan balances, and the effects of general economic conditions on income-producing properties. A 
significant  portion  of  our  commercial  real  estate  and  commercial  and  industrial  loan  portfolios  includes  a 
balloon payment feature. A number of factors may affect a borrower’s ability to make or refinance a balloon 
payment, including the financial condition of the borrower, the prevailing local economic conditions and the 
prevailing interest rate environment.  

Furthermore, commercial real estate loans secured by owner-occupied properties are dependent upon 
the successful operation of the borrower’s business. If the operating company suffers difficulties in terms of 
sales volume and/or profitability, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Loans secured by 
properties  where  repayment  is  dependent  upon  payment  of  rent  by  third  party  tenants  or  the  sale  of  the 
property may be impacted by loss of tenants, lower lease rates needed to attract new tenants or the inability to 
sell a completed project in a timely fashion and at a profit. The collateral for our commercial loans that are 
secured  by  real  estate  are  classified  as  64%  owner  occupied  properties  and  36%  non-owner  occupied 
properties. 

We are subject to extensive regulation which could have an adverse effect on our operations. 

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision from the Office of Thrift Supervision and the 
FDIC. This regulation and supervision is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC insurance fund, our 
depositors and borrowers, rather than for holders of our equity securities. Regulatory authorities have extensive 
discretion  in  their  supervisory  and  enforcement  activities,  including  the  imposition  of  restrictions  on 
operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of the allowance for loan losses. As a 
result  of  recent  market  conditions,  we  expect  to  face  increased  regulation  of  our  industry.  Compliance  with 
such regulation may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities. 

WSFS Bank has entered into a memorandum of understanding. 

In  December  2009,  WSFS  Bank  entered  into  an  informal  memorandum  of  understanding  (the 
“Understanding”) with the OTS. An Understanding is characterized by bank regulatory agencies as an informal 
action that is neither published nor made publicly available by the agencies and is used when circumstances 
warrant a milder response than a formal regulatory action. Regulatory actions, such as this Understanding, are 
on the rise as a result of the current severe economic conditions and the related impact on the banking industry. 

In accordance with the terms of the Understanding, WSFS Bank has agreed, among other things, to: 
(i) adopt and implement a written plan to reduce criticized assets; (ii) review and revise its policies regarding 
the  identification,  monitoring  and  managing  the  risks  associated  with  loan  concentrations  for  certain 
commercial loans and reduce concentration limits of such loans; (iii) review and revise credit administration 
policies and dedicate additional staffing resources to this department; (iv) implement a revised internal review 
program; (v) obtain prior OTS approval before increasing the amount of brokered deposits; and (vi) approve a 
written strategic business plan and compliance plan concerning the exercise of fiduciary powers.  

-29- 

 
 
 
We are committed to expeditiously addressing and resolving all the issues raised in the Understanding 
and the Board of Directors and management of WSFS Bank have already initiated actions to comply with its 
provisions.  A  material  failure  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  the  Understanding  could  subject  the  Bank  to 
additional regulatory actions and further regulation by the OTS, or result in a formal action or constraints on 
the Bank’s business, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and 
financial condition. 

The fiscal, monetary and regulatory policies of the Federal Government and its agencies could have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations.  

The  Federal  Reserve  regulates  the  supply  of  money  and  credit  in  the  United  States.  Its  policies 
determine  in  large part the cost of  funds for  lending  and  investing  and  the  return  earned  on  those  loans  and 
investments, both of which affect the net interest margin. It also can materially decrease the value of financial 
assets we hold, such as debt securities. Its policies also can adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing 
the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Additionally, legislation has been introduced into each house of 
Congress  proposing  sweeping  financial  reforms,  including  the  creation  of  a  Consumer  Financial  Protection 
Agency with extensive powers. If enacted, the legislation would significantly alter not only how financial firms 
are regulated but also how they conduct their business. Changes in Federal Reserve policies and our regulatory 
environment generally are beyond our  control, and  we are unable  to  predict  what  changes  may  occur or  the 
manner in which any future changes may affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.  

The  securities  purchase  agreement  between  us  and  Treasury  permits  Treasury  to  impose  additional 
restrictions on us retroactively. 

On  January  23,  2009,  as  part  of  the  TARP  Capital  Purchase  Program  (“CPP”),  we  entered  into  a 
securities  purchase  agreement  with  the  Treasury  pursuant  to  which  we  sold  (i)  52,625  shares  of  the 
Registrant’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and 
(ii)  a  warrant  to  purchase  175,105  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $52.6 
million  in  cash.  The  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  is  included  in  the  calculation  of  Tier  1  capital  and  pays 
cumulative  dividends  at  a  rate  of  5%  per  annum  for  the  first  five  years,  and  9%  per  annum  thereafter.  The 
Treasury warrant has a 10-year term and is immediately exercisable upon its issuance, with an exercise price, 
subject to anti-dilution adjustments, equal to $45.08 per share of the Common Stock. The securities purchase 
agreement  we  entered  into  with  Treasury  permits  Treasury  to  unilaterally  amend  the  terms  of  the  securities 
purchase  agreement  to  comply  with  any  changes  in  federal  statutes  after  the  date  of  its  execution.  ARRA 
imposed additional executive compensation and expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients, 
including us, until we have repaid the Treasury. These additional restrictions may impede our ability to attract 
and  retain  qualified  executive  officers.  ARRA  also  permits  TARP  recipients  to  repay  the  Treasury  without 
penalty  or  requirement  that  additional  capital  be  raised,  subject  to  Treasury’s  consultation  with  our  primary 
federal  regulator.  The  securities  purchase  agreement  required  that,  for  a  period  of  three  years,  the  Series  A 
Preferred Stock could generally only be repaid if we raised additional capital to repay the securities and such 
capital qualified as Tier 1 capital.  The terms of the CPP also restrict our ability to increase dividends on our 
common stock and undertake stock repurchase programs.  Congress may impose additional restrictions in the 
future  which  may  also  apply  retroactively.  These  restrictions  may  have  a  material  adverse  affect  on  our 
operations,  revenue  and  financial  condition,  on  the  ability  to  pay  dividends,  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain 
executive  talent  and  restricts  our  ability  to  increase  our  cash  dividends  or  undertake  stock  repurchase 
programs.  

We are subject to liquidity risk. 

Due  to  the  continued  growth  in  our  lending  operations,  particularly  in  corporate  and  small  business 
lending,  our  total  loans  have  exceeded  customer  deposit  funding.  Changes  in  interest  rates,  alternative 
investment  opportunities  and  other  factors  may  make  deposit  gathering  more  difficult.  Additionally,  interest 
rate changes or disruptions in the capital markets may make the terms of the borrowings and brokered deposits 

-30- 

 
 
 
less  favorable  and  may  make  it  difficult  to  sell  securities  when  needed  to  provide  additional  liquidity.  As  a 
result, there is a risk that the cost of funding will increase or that we will not have sufficient funds to meet our 
obligations when they come due.  

The market value of our securities portfolio may be impacted by the level of interest rates and the credit 
quality and strength of the underlying issuers and general liquidity in the market for investment 
securities. 

If a decline in  market value of a security is determined to be other than temporary, under generally 
accepted accounting principles, we are required to write these securities down to their estimated fair value with 
the  amount  of  impairment  related  to  credit  losses  recognized  in  earnings  while  the  amount  of  impairment 
related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2009, we owned 
securities classified as available for sale with an aggregate historical cost of $716.5 million and an estimated 
fair  value  of  $713.9  million.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  we  had  one  security  that  was 
determined to  be other than  temporarily  impaired  with a  credit  loss  recognized  in earnings  of only  $86,000, 
although we can give no assurance that we will not have additional other than temporarily impaired securities 
in the future.  Future changes in interest rates or the credit quality and strength of the underlying issuers may 
reduce the market value of these and other securities.  As a result, changes in values of securities affect our 
equity and may impact earnings. 

            In  addition,  the  value  of  our  BBB+  rated  mortgage-backed  security  is  subject  to  market  value 
fluctuations.  To  develop  a  range  of  likely  fair  value  prices,  our  valuation  is  highly  dependent  upon  various 
observable and unobservable inputs.  If the value of the observable inputs declines or as a result of economic 
conditions, management changes its assumptions regarding what market participants would use in pricing this 
asset, the value of this asset may decline.  As a result, we would record any market adjustments related to this 
asset as a charge to earnings. 

We must evaluate whether any portion of our recorded goodwill is impaired. Impairment testing may 
result  in  a  material,  non-cash  write-down  of  our  goodwill  assets  and  could  have  a  material  adverse 
impact on our results of operations.  

At  December  31,  2009  we  had  $13.7  million  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets.    We  have  recorded 
goodwill  because  we  paid  more  for  some  of  our  businesses  than  the  fair  market  value  of  the  tangible  and 
separately  measurable  intangible  net  assets  of  those  businesses.  We  test  our  goodwill  and  other  intangible 
assets  with  indefinite  lives  for  impairment  at  least  annually  (or  whenever  events  occur  which  may  indicate 
possible impairment). Goodwill impairment begins with a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit to its 
carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting 
unit is not considered impaired. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount a Step 2 
impairment  test  is  required.  Determining  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  unit  requires  a  high  degree  of 
subjective  management  assumptions.  Any  changes  in  key  assumptions  about  our  business  and  its  prospects, 
changes  in  market  conditions  or  other  external  factors,  for  impairment  testing  purposes  could  result  in  an 
impairment charge to earnings.  

Our  investment  in  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  Pittsburgh  (FHLB)  stock  may  be  subject  to 
impairment charges in future periods if the financial condition of the FHLB declines further.  

We are required to hold FHLB stock as a condition of membership in the FHLB.  Ownership of FHLB 
stock is restricted and there is no market for these securities.  As of December 31, 2009, the carrying value of our 
FHLB stock was $39.3 million. In 2009, the FHLB reported significant losses due to numerous factors, including 
other-than-temporary impairment charges on its portfolio of private-label mortgage-backed securities. The FHLB 
announced a capital restoration plan in February 2009 which restricts it from repurchasing or redeeming capital 
stock  or  paying  dividends.  If  the  FHLB  financial  condition  continues  to  decline,  other-than-temporary 
impairment  charges  related  to  our  investment  in  FHLB  stock  may  occur  in  future  periods.    An  additional 

-31- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
discussion  related  to  our  evaluation  of  impairment  of  FHLB  stock  is  included  in  Note  15  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

Our  Cash  Connect  Division  relies  on  numerous  couriers  and  armored  car  companies  to  transport  its 
cash and fund the ATMs it services for our customers, and numerous networks to settle its cash. 

            The profitability of Cash Connect is reliant upon its efficient distribution of large amounts of cash to its 
customers’  ATMs  using  an  extensive  network  of  couriers  and  armored  car  companies.    It  is  possible  those 
associated  with  a  courier  or  armored  car  company  could  misappropriate  funds  belonging  to  Cash  Connect.  
Cash Connect has experienced such occurrences in the past, including one in 2001 and potentially another in 
2010.    For  additional  information  see  Note  22  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  In  addition,  Cash 
Connect  settles  its  transactions  through  a  number  of  national  networks.    It  is  possible  a  network  could 
fraudulently redirect the settlement of cash belonging to Cash Connect.  It is also possible Cash Connect would 
not have established proper policies, controls or insurance and, as a result, any misappropriation of funds could 
result in an impact to earnings. 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

-32- 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

The  following  table  shows  information  regarding  offices  and  material  properties  held  by  us,  and  our 

subsidiaries, at December 31, 2009: 

Location 

WSFS : 
WSFS Bank Center Branch 
   Main Office 
  500 Delaware Avenue 
  Wilmington, DE   19801 
Union Street Branch 
  211 North Union Street 
  Wilmington, DE   19805 
Trolley Square Branch 
  1711 Delaware Ave 
  Wilmington, DE   19806 
Fairfax Shopping Center (3) 
  2005 Concord Pike 
  Wilmington, DE   19803 
Branmar Plaza Shopping Center Branch 
  1812 Marsh Road 
  Wilmington, DE   19810 
Prices Corner Shopping Center Branch 
  3202 Kirkwood Highway 
  Wilmington, DE   19808 
Pike Creek Shopping Center Branch 
  4730 Limestone Road 
  Wilmington, DE   19808 
University Plaza Shopping Center Branch 
   100 University Plaza 
  Newark, DE   19702 
College Square Shopping Center Branch 
  Route 273 & Liberty Avenue 
  Newark, DE   19711 
Airport Plaza Shopping Center Branch 
  144 N. DuPont Hwy. 
  New Castle, DE   19720 
Stanton Branch 
  Inside ShopRite  
  1600 W. Newport Pike 
  Wilmington, DE   19804 
Glasgow Branch 
  Inside Safeway at People Plaza 
  Routes 40 & 896 
  Newark, DE   19702 
Middletown Crossing Shopping Center  
 400 East Main Street 
 Middletown, DE   19709 
Dover Branch  
  Dover Mart 
  262 S. DuPont Highway 
  Dover, DE   19901 
West Dover Loan Office 
  Greentree Office Center 
  160 Greentree Drive 
  Suite 105 
  Dover, DE   19904 

Owned/ 
Leased 

Date Lease 
Expires 

Net Book Value 
Of Property 
or Leasehold 
Improvements (1) 

Deposits 

         (In Thousands) 

Leased 

2011 

$723 

$1,054,959 

Leased 

2012 

Leased 

2011 

Master 
Lease 

Leased 

2013 

Leased 

2023 

Leased 

2015 

53 

41 

54,830 

34,200 

7,780 

88,805 

66 

312 

583 

106,964 

101,464 

101,840 

Leased 

2026 

1,244 

50,620 

Leased 

2012 

Leased 

2013 

Leased 

2011 

Leased 

2012 

244 

607 

14 

24 

114,165 

70,354 

40,879 

34,972 

Leased 

2017 

835 

58,668 

Leased 

2010 

Leased 

2014 

29 

17 

11,510 

N/A 

-33- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 

Blue Bell Loan Office 
  721 Skippack Pike 
  Suite 101 
  Blue Bell, PA   19422 
Glen Eagle  
  Inside Genaurdi’s  Family Market 
  475 Glen Eagle Square 
  Glen Mills, PA   19342 
University of Delaware-Trabant University  
Center 
  17 West Main Street 
  Newark, DE   19716 
Brandywine Branch 
  Inside Safeway Market 
  2522 Foulk Road 
  Wilmington, DE   19810 
Operations Center 
  2400 Philadelphia Pike 
  Wilmington, DE   19703 
Longwood Branch 
  Inside Genaurdi’s Family Market 
  830 E. Baltimore Pike 
  E. Marlboro, PA 19348 
Holly Oak Branch 
  Inside Super Fresh 
  2105 Philadelphia Pike 
  Claymont, DE 19703 
Hockessin Branch 
  7450 Lancaster Pike 
  Wilmington, DE 19707 
Lewes LPO 
  Southpointe Professional Center 
  1515 Savannah Road, Suite 103 
  Lewes, DE   19958 
Fox Run Shopping Center  
  210 Fox Hunt Drive 
  Bear, DE  19701 
Camden Town Center 
  4566 S. Dupont Highway 
  Camden, DE   19934 
Rehoboth Branch 
  19335 coastal Highway  
  Lighthouse Plaza 
  Rehoboth, DE   19771 
Loan Operations 
  30 Blue Hen Drive 
  Suite 200 
  Newark, DE   19713 
West Dover Branch 
  1486 Forest Avenue 
  Dover, DE   19904 
Longneck Branch 
  25926 Plaza Drive 
  Millsboro, DE   19966 

Owned/ 
Leased 

Date Lease 
Expires 

Net Book Value 
Of Property 
or Leasehold 
Improvements (1) 

Deposits 

         (In Thousands) 

Leased 

2012 

$18 

$8,993 

Leased 

2024 

Leased 

2013 

Leased 

2014 

Owned 

Leased 

2010 

Leased 

2015 

Leased 

2015 

Leased 

2013 

Leased 

2015 

Leased 

2024 

Leased 

2028 

9 

25 

9 

636 

33 

22 

511 

84 

812 

879 

859 

13,751 

12,531 

34,849 

N/A 

15,876 

28,358 

89,418 

N/A 

67,230 

32,656 

50,166 

Leased 

2010 (4) 

N/A 

N/A 

Owned 

2,134 

32,416 

Leased 

2026 

1,157 

35,557 

-34- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 

Smyrna  
  Simon’s Corner Shopping Center 
  400 Jimmy Drive 
  Smyrna, DE   19977 
Oxford, LPO 
  59 South Third Street 
  Suite 1 
  Oxford, PA  19363  
Greenville 
  3908 Kennett Pike 
  Greenville, DE  19807  
WSFS Bank Center (2) 
  500 Delaware Avenue 
  Wilmington, DE  19801 
Market Street Branch  
  833 Market Street 
  Wilmington, DE  19801 
Annandale, VA 
  7010 Little River Tnpk. 
  Suite 330 
  Annandale, VA  22003 
Oceanview  
  69 Atlantic Avenue 
  Oceanview, DE   19970 
Selbyville 
  Strawberry Center 
  Unit 2 
  Selbyville, DE  19975 
Lewes Branch 
  34383 Carpenters Way 
  Lewes, DE  19958 
Millsboro 
  26644 Center View Drive 
  Millsboro, DE   19966 
Concord Square 
  4401 Concord Pike 
  Wilmington, DE  19803 
Crossroads 
  2080 New Castle Avenue 
  New Castle, DE  19720 
Delaware City 
  145 Clinton Street 
  Delaware City, DE  19706 
Governor’s Square 
  1101 Governor’s Place 
  Bear, DE  19701 
Glen Mills Shopping Center 
  Route 202 
  Glen Mills, PA  19342 

Owned/ 
Leased 

Date Lease 
Expires 

Leased 

2028 

Net Book Value 
Of Property 
or Leasehold 
Improvements (1) 

Deposits 

         (In Thousands) 
$1,190 

$34,561 

Leased 

2011 

24 

7,527 

Owned 

2,020 

44,415 

Leased 

2019 

1,837 

N/A 

Leased 

2010 

Leased 

2011 

35 

12 

20,698 

834 

Leased 

2024 

1,346 

11,915 

Leased 

2013 

49 

8,391 

Leased 

2028 

313 

18,258 

Leased 

2029 

1,212 

7,062 

Leased 

2011 

Leased 

2013 

Owned 

Leased 

2010 

57 

57 

93 

57 

27,893 

16,779 

7,015 

10,492 

Leased 

2039 

256 

N/A 

_________   
$2,561,871 

-35- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 

Owned/ 
Leased 

Date Lease 
Expires 

Net Book Value 
Of Property 
or Leasehold 
Improvements (1) 

         (In Thousands) 

Deposits 

Cypress Capital Management, LLC 
  1220 Market Street 
  Suite 704 
  Wilmington, DE  19801 

Leased 

2010 

5 

N/A 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

(4) 

The net book value of all the Company’s investment in premise and equipment totaled $36.1 million at December 31, 2009. 
Location of Corporate Headquarters and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. 
Includes Fairfax Branch office and shopping center which is under a master lease. Net book value represents the value of the 
entire facility. 
This lease expired in February of 2010 and was not renewed.  The Company no longer occupies this property. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

There are no material legal proceedings to be disclosed under this item.  

ITEM 4. [Reserved] 

PART II 

ITEM  5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 

Our  Common  Stock  is  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  under  the  symbol  WSFS.  At 
December 31, 2009, we had 1,122 registered common stockholders of record. The following table sets forth 
the range of high and low sales prices for the Common Stock for each full quarterly period within the two most 
recent fiscal years as well as the quarterly dividends paid. 

The closing market price of our common stock at December 31, 2009 was $25.63. 

2009 

2008 

Stock Price Range 

Low 

High 

Dividends 

4th 
3rd 
2nd 
1st 

4th 
3rd 
2nd 
1st 

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

24.16 
26.00 
20.78 
16.47 

35.51 
40.04 
42.79 
41.12 

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

30.18 
32.70 
33.85 
49.50 

60.50  
65.50  
53.84  
54.17  

$
$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$
$

0.12 
0.12 
0.12 
0.12 
0.48 

0.12  
0.12  
0.12  
0.10  
0.46  

-36- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH 

The graph and table which follow show the cumulative total return on our Common Stock over the 
last five years compared with the cumulative total return of the Dow Jones Total Market Index and the Nasdaq 
Bank Index over the same period as obtained from Bloomberg L.P. Cumulative total return on our Common 
Stock or the index equals the total increase in value since December 31, 2004, assuming reinvestment of all 
dividends paid into the Common Stock or the index, respectively. The graph and table were prepared assuming 
$100 was invested on December 31, 2004 in our Common Stock and in each of the indexes. There can be no 
assurance  that  our  future  stock  performance  will  be  the  same  or  similar  to  the  historical  stock  performance 
shown in the graph below. We neither make nor endorse any predictions as to stock performance. 

CUMULATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN 
COMPARED WITH PERFORMANCE OF SELECTED INDEXES 
December 31, 2004 through December 31, 2009 

200

150

s
r
a
l
l

o
D

100

50

0

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

WSFS Financial Corporation

Dow Jones Total Market Index

Nasdaq Bank Index

Cumulative Total Return 
2006 2007

2005

2008 

2009 

$103
106
98

$113
123
111

$85
130
90

$82 
82 
71 

$45
106
59

WSFS Financial Corporation 
Dow Jones Total Market Index 
Nasdaq Bank Index 

2004

$100
100
100

-37- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

2009 

2008 

2007 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

2006 

2005 

At December 31, 
Total assets   
Net loans (1)   
Investment securities (2)   
Investment in reverse mortgages, net    
Other investments   
Mortgage-backed securities (2)   
Deposits   
Borrowings (3)   
Trust preferred borrowings   
Stockholders’ equity   
Number of full-service branches (4)     

 $  3,748,507  $  3,432,560  $  3,200,188  $  2,997,396   $  2,846,752  
1,775,294 
  2,479,155 
56,704 
46,047 
785 
(530) 
46,466 
40,395 
620,323 
681,242 
1,446,236 
  2,561,871 
1,127,997 
787,798 
67,011 
67,011 
181,975 
301,800 
24 
37 

2,443,835 
49,749 
(61) 
39,521 
498,205 
2,122,352 
999,734 
67,011 
216,635 
35 

2,019,741  
53,893  
598  
41,615  
516,711  
1,756,348  
935,668  
67,011  
212,059  
27  

2,233,980 
26,235 
2,037 
46,615 
496,492 
1,827,161 
1,068,149 
67,011 
211,330 
29 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
Interest income   
Interest expense   
Noninterest income   
Noninterest expenses   
Provision (benefit) for income taxes 
Net Income   
Dividends on preferred stock and 

accretion of discount 
Net (loss) income allocable to 
common stockholders  

 $ 

157,730  $ 
53,086 
50,241 
108,504 
(2,093) 
663 

166,477  $ 

77,258 
45,989 
89,098 
6,950 
16,136 

189,477  $ 
107,468 
48,166 
82,031 
13,474 
29,649 

177,177   $ 
99,278  
40,305  
69,314  
15,660  
30,441  

136,022  
62,380 
34,653 
62,877 
14,847 
27,856 

2,590 

- 

- 

-  

- 

(1,927) 

16,136 

29,649 

30,441  

27,856 

  Earnings (loss) per share allocable to   

common stockholders: 

     Basic 
     Diluted 

Interest rate spread   
Net interest margin   
Efficiency ratio 
Noninterest income as a percentage of 
total revenue (5) 
Return on average equity  
Return on average assets 
Average equity to average assets 
Tangible equity to assets  
Tangible common equity to assets 
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total 

assets 

(0.30) 
(0.30) 

3.10%
3.30 
69.56 

32.21 
0.24 
0.02 
7.86 
7.72 
6.31 

2.19 

2.62 
2.57 

 2.94%
3.13 
65.36 

33.74 
7.30 
0.50 
6.86 
5.88 
5.88 

1.04 

4.69 
4.55 

2.80%
3.09 
62.48 

36.69 
14.34 
0.98 
6.87 
6.52 
6.52 

0.99 

4.59  
4.41  

2.70 % 
2.98  
58.09  

33.78  
15.42  
1.03  
6.68  
7.00  
7.00  

0.14  

4.10 
3.89 

2.91%
3.13 
57.46 

31.67 
14.78 
1.05 
7.10 
6.33 
6.33 

0.12 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

(5) 

Includes loans held-for-sale. 
Includes securities available-for-sale and trading. 
Borrowings consist of FHLB advances, securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other borrowed funds. 
WSFS opened two branches in 2009, acquired six (keeping four open and closing two) in 2008, opened three branches 
and closed one branch in 2007, and opened three in 2006. 
Computed on a fully tax-equivalent basis. 

-38- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

OVERVIEW 

WSFS Financial Corporation (“the Company,” “our Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) is a thrift holding 
company  headquartered  in  Wilmington,  Delaware.    Substantially  all  of  our  assets  are  held  by  our  subsidiary, 
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (“WSFS Bank” or the “Bank”). Founded in 1832, we are one of the ten 
oldest banks in the United States continuously-operating under the same name.  As a federal savings bank, which 
was  formerly  chartered  as  a  state  mutual  savings  bank,  we  enjoy  broader  fiduciary  powers  than  most  other 
financial  institutions.    We  have  served  the  residents  of  the  Delaware  Valley  for  over  177  years.    We  are  the 
largest thrift institution headquartered in Delaware and the fourth largest financial institution in the state on the 
basis of total deposits traditionally garnered in-market.  Our primary market area is the mid-Atlantic region of the 
United  States,  which  is  characterized  by  a  diversified  manufacturing  and  service  economy.  Our  long-term 
strategy  is  to  serve  small  and  mid-size  businesses  through  loans,  deposits,  investments,  and  related  financial 
services,  and  to  gather  retail  core  deposits.    Our  strategy  of  “Engaged  Associates  delivering  Stellar  Service  to 
create Customer Advocates” focuses on exceeding customer expectations, delivering stellar service and building 
customer  advocacy  through  highly  trained,  relationship  oriented,  friendly,  knowledgeable,  and  empowered 
Associates. 

We provide residential and commercial real estate, commercial and consumer lending services, as well as 
retail deposit and cash management services.  In addition, we offer a variety of wealth management and personal 
trust services through WSFS Trust and Wealth Management, which was formed during 2005.  Lending activities 
are funded primarily with retail deposits and borrowings. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) 
insures our customers’ deposits to their legal maximum.  We serve our customers primarily from our 41 banking 
offices  located  in  Delaware  (36),  Pennsylvania  (4),  and  Virginia  (1)  and  through  our  website  at 
www.wsfsbank.com. 

We  have  two  consolidated  subsidiaries,  WSFS  Bank  and  Montchanin  Capital  Management,  Inc. 
(“Montchanin”). We also have one unconsolidated affiliate, WSFS Capital Trust III (“the Trust”).  WSFS Bank 
has  a  fully-owned  subsidiary,  WSFS  Investment  Group,  Inc.,  which  markets  various  third-party  insurance 
products and securities through the Bank’s retail banking system.   

Montchanin has one consolidated subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (“Cypress”).  Cypress 
is a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm serving high net-worth individuals and institutions.  Cypress had 
approximately $458 million in assets under management at December 31, 2009. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Within this annual report and financial statements, management has included certain “forward-looking 
statements” concerning our future operations. Statements contained in this annual report which are not historical 
facts, are forward-looking statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 
1995.  It  is  management’s  desire  to  take  advantage  of  the  “safe  harbor”  provisions  of  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  This  statement  is  for  the  express  purpose  of  availing  the  Corporation  of  the 
protections  of  such  safe  harbor  with  respect  to  all  “forward-looking  statements.”    Management  has  used 
“forward-looking statements” to describe future plans and strategies including expectations of our future financial 
results. Management’s ability to predict results or the effect of future plans and strategy is inherently uncertain. 
Factors  that  could  affect  results  include  interest  rate  trends,  competition,  the  general  economic  climate  in 
Delaware, the mid-Atlantic region and the country as a whole, asset quality, loan growth, loan delinquency rates, 
operating  risk,  uncertainty  of  estimates  in  general,  and  changes  in  federal  and  state  regulations,  among  other 
factors. These factors should be considered in evaluating the “forward-looking statements,” and undue reliance 
should not be placed on such statements. Actual results may differ materially from management expectations. 
We do not undertake, and specifically disclaim any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions 

-39- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated 
events or circumstances after the date of such statements.  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

WSFS  Financial  Corporation  recorded  net  income  of  $663,000,  or  a  net  loss  allocable  to  common 
stockholders’ of $1.9 million (after preferred stock dividends), for a loss per common share of $0.30 for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, compared to net income of $16.1 million or $2.57 per diluted common share 
and net income of $29.6 million or $4.55 per diluted common share for the years ended December 31, 2008 
and 2007, respectively.  

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $15.4 million, or 17%, to $104.6 million in 2009 
compared to $89.2 million in 2008. The net interest margin for 2009 was 3.30%, up 17 basis points (0.17%) 
from  2008.  These  increases  were  the  result  of  the  Company’s  growth  in  core  deposits  (which  improved  our 
funding mix) combined with active management of deposit and wholesale pricing.  In comparison to 2008, the 
yield on interest-bearing liabilities declined by 1.03%, while the yield on interest-earning assets only declined 
by 0.87% due to ongoing loan pricing management. Also, contributing to the increase in net interest income 
was  an  increase  in  our  mortgage-backed  securities  (MBS)  portfolio  during  2009,  due  to  purchases  made 
throughout the year to take advantage of market opportunity and optimize our capital position. In addition, the 
yield on our loan portfolio remained relatively stable.  

Net interest income increased $7.2 million, or 9%, to $89.2 million in 2008 compared to $82.0 million 
in 2007. The net interest margin for 2008 was 3.13%, up 0.04% from 2007. These increases were the result of 
a  liability  sensitive  balance  sheet  combined  with  active  management  of  loan  and  deposit  pricing.  In 
comparison  to  2007,  the  yield  on  interest-bearing  liabilities  declined  by  1.41%,  while  the  yield  on  interest-
earning assets only declined by 1.27%. The improvement in the net interest margin also reflects growth, and 
the improved mix of our balance sheet. The investment category on our average balance sheet includes income 
from reverse mortgages, which declined substantially in 2008 compared to 2007, consistent with decreases in 
home prices during the year 2008. During 2008 we lost $1.1 million on reverse mortgages compared to income 
of $2.0 million in 2007. 

-40- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding changes in net interest income attributable 
to changes in the volumes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the rates for 
the periods indicated.  For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information 
is  provided  on  the  changes  that  are  attributable  to:    (i)  changes  in  volume  (change  in  volume  multiplied  by 
prior year rate); (ii) changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume on each category); and 
(iii) net change (the sum of the change in volume and the change in rate).  Changes due to the combination of 
rate  and  volume  changes  (changes  in  volume  multiplied  by  changes  in  rate)  are  allocated  proportionately 
between changes in rate and changes in volume.  

Year Ended December 31, 

  Volume   

2009 vs. 2008 
Yield/Rate  

Net 

    Volume  

2008 vs. 2007 
Yield/Rate  

Net 

  $ 

(Dollars in Thousands)      
Interest Income:      
Commercial real estate loans      
Residential real estate loans      
Commercial loans (1)      
Consumer loans      
Mortgage-backed securities      
Investment securities       
FHLB Stock and deposits in other 
banks 
Favorable (unfavorable)      

Interest expense:      
Deposits:      
Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Retail time deposits  
Jumbo certificates of deposits – 
nonretail 
Brokered certificates of deposits 
FHLB of Pittsburgh advances 
Trust Preferred 
Other borrowed funds 
Unfavorable (favorable) 
Net change, as reported 

942 
(2,020) 
11,368 
1,043 
4,723 
149 

(113) 
16,092 

233 
2,045 
89 
3,700 

(479) 
1,320 
(6,559) 
— 
345 
694 
  $  15,398 

$

$

(11,287) 
(1,732) 
(7,171) 
(3,556) 
(147) 
519 

(1,465) 
(24,839) 

(649) 
(3,097) 
(304) 
(4,686) 

(767) 
(6,825) 
(4,755) 
(1,478) 
(2,305) 
(24,866) 
27 

$ (10,345)   $
(3,752)  
4,197   
(2,513)  
4,576   
668   

5,722  
(1,280) 
9,460  
894  
(588) 
504 

$   (15,131)  $ (9,409) 
(920) 
(5,936) 
(2,586) 
(253) 
(3,106) 

360  
(15,396 ) 
(3,480 ) 
335  
(3,610 ) 

(1,578)  
(8,747)  

155 
14,867  

(945 ) 
(37,867) 

(790) 
(23,000) 

(416)  
(1,052)  
(215)  
(986)  

(1,246)  
(5.505)  
(11,314)  
(1,478)  
(1,960)  
(24,172)  
$ 15,425    $

217  
(419) 
(106) 
2,933  

(229) 
258  
3,460 
— 
1,500  
7,614 
7,253  

(546) 
(5,542) 
(837) 
(4,515) 

(329) 
(5,961) 
(943) 
(1,582) 

(1,856) 
(6,860) 
(12,401) 
(1,478) 
(3,789) 
(37,824 ) 

(2,085) 
(6,602) 
(8,941) 
(1,478) 
(2,289) 
(30,210) 
(43)  $ 7,210 

$ 

(1)  The tax-equivalent income adjustment is related to commercial loans. 

-41- 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information regarding the average balances of, and yields/rates on interest-earning assets 

and interest-bearing liabilities during the periods indicated: 

Year Ended December 31, 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 

Yield/
Rate (1) 

Average 
Balance 

Interest   

Yield/ 
Rate (1)  

Average 
Balance 

Interest 

Yield/
Rate (1) 

(Dollars in Thousands) 
Assets 
Interest-earning assets: 

Loans (2) (3): 

Commercial real estate loans 
Residential real estate loans 
Commercial loans 
Consumer loans 
Total loans 

Mortgage-backed securities (4) 
Investment securities (4) (5) 
Other interest-earning assets 

Total interest-earning assets 

Allowance for loan losses 
Cash and due from banks 
Cash in non-owned ATMs 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Other noninterest-earning assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 
Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Interest-bearing deposits: 

Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Customer time deposits 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total interest-bearing customer  
deposits 

Other jumbo certificates of deposit 
Brokered certificates of deposit 

Total interest-bearing deposits 

FHLB of Pittsburgh advances 
Trust preferred borrowings 
Other borrowed funds 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities 
Minority interest 
Stockholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and  

stockholders’ equity 

Excess of interest-earning assets  

over interest-bearing liabilities 

Net interest and dividend income 
Interest rate spread 
Net interest margin 

$ 

$ 

781,433  $ 
400,561 
1,063,339 
301,234 
2,546,567 
574,176 
47,710 
39,839 
3,208,292 
(40,731) 
57,396 
204,912 
59,750 
94,213 
3,583,832 

230,738  $
430,437 
221,913 
662,733 

1,545,821 
77,087 
337,394 
1,960,302 
642,496 
67,011 
206,635 
2,876,444 
392,069 
33,488 
— 
281,831 

3,583,832 

331,848 

36,302 
21,779 
55,027 
15,140 
128,248 
28,560 
922 
- 
157,730 

4.65% 
5.44 
5.21 
5.03 
5.08 
4.97 
1.93 
0.00 
4.95 

46,647 
25,531 
50,830 
17,653 
140,661 
23,984 
254 
1,578 
166,477 

6.11% 
5.84 
6.08 
6.24 
6.10 
5.00 
0.74 
3.68 
5.82 

$ 

763,825 $
437,223
840,303
282,943
2,324,294
480,002
34,263
42,934
2,881,493
(27,210)
65,022
172,304
58,503
70,838
$  3,220,950

 1,064 
5,909 
736 
20,775 

28,484 
3,091 
8,234 
39,809 
29,620 
3,275 
4,554 
77,258 

0.61% 
1.96 
0.37 
3.82 

2.34 
3.29 
2.91 
2.50 
3.46 
4.81 
2.45 
2.88 

648 
4,857 
521 
19,789 

25,815 
1,845 
2,729 
30,389 
18,306 
1,797 
2,594 
53,086 

$ 

0.28% 
1.13 
0.23 
2.99 

174,080
300,775
197,175
543,808

1.67 
2.39 
0.81 
1.55 
2.81 
2.64 
1.26 
1.85 

1,215,838
93,901
282,760
1,592,499
841,005
67,011
186,081
2,686,596
283,845
29,560
—
220,949

$  3,220,950

$ 

194,897

$ 

$ 

$ 

687,614 
459,043 
709,507 
270,518 
2,126,682 
491,650 
29,130 
40,137 
2,687,599 
(28,192) 
70,387 
158,091 
56,307 
67,711 
3,011,903 

148,039 
312,192 
211,453 
476,159 

1,147,843 
98,452 
277,860 
1,524,155 
765,974 
67,011 
147,251 
2,504,391 
272,964 
27,737 
38 
206,773 

$ 

3,011,903 

$ 

183,208 

$

56,056 
26,451 
56,766 
20,239 
159,512 
24,237 
3,360 
2,368 
189,477 

8.15%
5.76 
8.05 
7.48 
7.55 
4.93 
11.53 
5.90 
7.09 

 1,393 
11,870 
1,679 
22,357 

37,299 
5,176 
14,836 
57,311 
38,561 
4,753 
6,843 
107,468 

0.94%
3.80 
0.79 
4.70 

3.25 
5.26 
5.34 
3.76 
4.97 
7.00 
4.65 
4.29 

2.80%
3.09%

  $ 

104,644 

$

89,219 

$

82,009 

3.10% 
3.30% 

2.94% 
3.13% 

(1)  Weighted average yields have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a 35% effective tax rate. 
(2)  Nonperforming loans are included in average balance computations. 
(3)  Balances are reflected net of unearned income.   
(4)  Includes securities available-for-sale. 
(5) Includes reverse mortgages. 

-42- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for Loan Losses.  We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an appropriate level based 
on management’s assessment of the estimable and probable losses in the loan portfolio, pursuant to accounting 
literature, which is discussed further in the “Nonperforming Assets” section of this Management’s Discussion 
and  Analysis.    Management’s  evaluation  is  based  upon  a  review  of  the  portfolio  and  requires  significant 
judgment.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $47.8 million 
compared to $23.0 million in 2008 and $5.0 million in 2007.  The $47.8 million was the result of credit risk 
migration and collateral depreciation in our commercial loan portfolio due to economic conditions (mostly in 
our  construction  and  land  development  (CLD)  portfolio), net  charge-offs,  continued  growth  of  our  loan 
portfolio and restructured consumer loans.  The increase in the provision for loan loss reflects the protracted 
economic recession and its adverse effects on our customers’ ability to pay their obligations. 

Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income increased $4.3 million to $50.2 million in 2009, or 9%, from 
$46.0 million in 2008.  A significant amount of this increase was due to securities gains, which increased $3.3 
million during 2009.  This security gain included $3.0 million of incremental mark-to-market adjustments on 
the BBB+ mortgage-backed security (“MBS”), as we recognized positive adjustments of $1.4 million during 
2009 compared with negative adjustments of $1.6 million in 2008.  The securities gains increase also included 
$2.0  million  in  gains  from  the  sale  of  securities  during  2009.    Partially  offsetting  these  increases  was  the 
absence of any gains on the sale of Visa, Inc. shares in 2009.  During 2008 we recognized $1.8 million in gains 
on sale of Visa, Inc shares related to the completion of their initial public offer.  In addition to securities gains, 
mortgage  banking  activities  increased  $1.5  million  due  to  increased  mortgage  loan  originations  and  sales, 
including a $16.7 million bulk loan sale completed during 2009.  Also during 2009, loan fee income increased 
$1.2  million  as  a  result  of  increased  fees  from  1st  Reverse,  our  majority  owned  national  reverse  mortgage 
subsidiary.  During the second quarter of 2009 the decision was made to conduct an orderly wind-down of 1st 
Reverse which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2009.  These noninterest income increases were partially 
offset by a reduction in BOLI income of $869,000 due to lower yields in underlying investments funding this 
program and a $707,000 decrease in credit/debit card and ATM income which was the result of reduced prime-
based ATM bailment fees from Cash Connect resulting from the lower interest rate environment.  Although 
noninterest income was negatively impacted by lower bailment fees, the net interest margin benefited due to 
lower funding costs for these borrowings. 

Noninterest  income  decreased  $2.2  million,  or  5%,  to  $46.0  million  in  2008,  from  $48.2  million  in 
2007.  The  majority  of  the  decrease  was  due  to  a  $2.5  million  decrease  in  credit  card/debit  card  and  ATM 
income due to reduced prime-based ATM bailment fees. In addition, 2007 had included a $1.1 million non-
recurring gain related to the sale of our former headquarters building and an $882,000 gain from the sale of our 
credit  card  portfolio.  Also  during  2009,  income  from  BOLI  decreased  $483,000  from  the  prior  year.  These 
decreases were partially offset by an increase in loan fee income of $1.3 million. The majority of the increase 
in loan fee income was due to $851,000 in fees from 1st Reverse.  Deposit service charges also increased $1.1 
million, as a result of overall growth in deposits. In 2008 we also recorded a $1.8 million gain on the sale of 
shares related to the completion of Visa’s initial public offering, and a $1.6 million charge related to the mark-
to-market adjustment on the BBB+ rated MBS.  

Noninterest Expenses.    Noninterest  expenses  increased  $19.4  million, or  22%,  to  $108.5  million in 
2009 from $89.1 million in 2008.  A large portion of the increase is attributable to $6.1 million of non-routine 
items  recorded  during  2009,  including  a  $1.9  million  charge  related  to  the  wind-down  of  1st  Reverse,  $1.7 
million for the FDIC Special Assessment, $1.5 million of expense resulting from a wire fraud and $1.0 million 
of  due  diligence  expenses  on  an  acquisition  prospect  in  which  discussions  have  terminated.    For  additional 
information  on  any  of  these  non-routine  items  see  Note  20  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  
Excluding the non-routine items, the remaining increase was mainly due to an additional $5.4 million of FDIC 
insurance  premium  expense  during  2009.    Also  during  2009,  write-downs  of  assets  acquired  through 
foreclosure (REO) and other credit related costs increased $3.3 million, related to additional deterioration in 
housing prices and appraisal values.  Further, during 2009 professional fees increased $3.0 million mainly due 
to increased credit related costs. In addition, the increase in professional fees included a $1.2 million accrual of 
consulting  expenses  related  the  Company’s  efficiency  effort:  Creative  Opportunities  for  Revenues  and 
Expenses  (CORE)  program.  This  expense  accrual  is  for  the  portion  of  the  consultant’s  work  that  is 
substantially  performed,  while  the  consultant’s  payments,  expense  savings  and  revenue  enhancements  will 

-43- 

 
 
 
 
 
largely be realized in future periods.  Lastly, salaries, benefits and other compensation as well as occupancy 
and equipment expenses increased $3.4 million due to the continued growth of our banking franchise during 
2009.    This  growth  included  the  full  year  impact  of  seven  branch  openings  and  renovations  during  2008 
(including  four  branches  from  Sun  National  Bank)  and  an  additional  two  new  branches  and  two  branch 
relocations during 2009. 

Noninterest  expenses  increased  $7.1  million  to  $89.1  million  in  2008,  or  9%,  from  $82.0  million  in 
2007. Excluding $2.8 million of expenses related to 1st Reverse, acquired in the second quarter of 2008, expenses 
increased  $4.3  million  or  5%  over  2007.  As  a  result  of  continued  growth  efforts  salaries,  benefits,  and  other 
compensation  increased  $1.1  million  while  other  operating  expenses  increased  $1.2  million.  Included  in  other 
operating expenses was a $453,000 increase in FDIC charges due to increased assessment rates. During 2008 the 
investment in the WSFS franchise included the opening of one branch in Selbyville, Delaware, the relocation of 
another  branch  in  Smyrna,  Delaware,  and  the  previously  mentioned  acquisition  of  branches  in  2008.  Further, 
during 2008 professional fees increased $1.3 million as a result of legal fees reflecting increased costs relating to 
problem credits. 

Income  Taxes.  We  recorded  a  $2.1  million  tax  benefit  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009 
compared to tax expense of $7.0 million and $13.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, 
respectively. The 2009 tax benefit is a result of our pre-tax operating loss, combined with tax free income and 
a reduction in unrecognized tax benefits during the year.  Volatility in effective tax rates is directly impacted 
by the level of pretax income or loss combined with the amount of tax-free income as well as the effects of 
unrecognized tax benefits. The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes that 
are currently payable or deferred because of temporary differences between the financial reporting bases and 
the tax reporting bases of the assets and liabilities. 

We analyze our projection of taxable income and make adjustments to our provision for income taxes 
accordingly. For additional information regarding our tax provision and net operating loss carryforwards, see 
Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION 

Total  assets  increased  $315.9  million,  or  9%,  during  2009  to  $3.7  billion.  This  increase  was  due  to 
growth  in  mortgage-backed  securities,  which  grew  $183.0  million,  or  37%  and  cash  in  non-owned  ATMs 
which increased $75.0 million, or 39% during 2009.  Additionally, net loans increased by $35.3 million, or 1% 
during the year.  Funding this growth was an increase in customer deposits of $438.9 million, or 26% and an 
increase  in  stockholders’  equity  of  $85.2  million,  or  39%.  Partially  offsetting  these  funding  increases  was  a  
decrease  in  wholesale  funding,  including  $202.8  million,  or  25%  decrease  in  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank 
advances. 

Cash in non-owned ATMs. During 2009, cash in non-owned ATMs managed by Cash Connect, our 
ATM unit, increased $74.9 million, or 39%.  During the year one of our cash management partners decided to 
no longer invest their cash in bailments and as a result we replaced $28 million of external funding with our 
own cash.  In addition, the number of ATMs serviced by Cash Connect increased from 10,031 at December 31, 
2008 to 10,791 at December 31, 2009. Of these, 364 ATMs were WSFS owned and operated during 2009. 

Mortgage-backed  Securities.  Investments  in  mortgage-backed  securities  increased  $183.0  million 
during 2009 to $681.2 million.  Included in the increase was the purchase of $172.0 short-duration; recently 
AAA-rated, super senior tranches of securities during fourth quarter. There were proceeds from sales of $111.5 
million in mortgage-backed securities during 2009 for a gain of $2.0 million. The weighted average duration of 
the mortgage-backed securities portfolio was 2.4 years at December 31, 2009. 

Investment  Securities.  Our  investment  securities  are  comprised  mostly  of  Federal  Agency  debt 
securities  with  a  maturity  of  four  years  or  less.  We  own  no  Collateralized  Debt  Obligations,  Bank  Trust 
Preferred, Agency Preferred securities or equity securities in other FDIC insured banks or thrifts.   

-44- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, net. Net loans increased $35.3 million, or 1%, during 2009. This included increases of $121.9 
million, or 7%, in commercial and commercial real estate loans, and $3.9 million, or 1%, in consumer loans. 
This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $68.2 million, or 16%, in residential mortgage loans mainly 
due  to  our  strategy  to  originate  then  sell  these  loans  in  the  secondary  market  to  generate  fee  income.    First 
mortgage originations for the year totaled $102.7 million, the majority of which were subsequently sold. 

Customer Deposits. Customer deposits increased $438.9 million, or 26%, during 2009 to $2.1 billion. 
During 2008 we acquired six Delaware branches from Sun National Bank, including $95.3 million in customer 
deposit  accounts  and  paid  a  12%  premium  on  the  balances.  For  additional  information  regarding  this 
transaction,  see  Note  19  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  Core  deposit  relationships  (demand 
deposits,  money  market  and  savings  accounts)  increased  $411.5  million,  or  39%,  during  2009.    In  addition, 
customer time deposits (CDs) increased $27.4 million, or 4%, in 2009. The table below depicts the changes in 
customer deposits over the last three years: 

2009 

Year Ended December 31, 
2008 
(In Millions) 

2007 

Beginning balance 
Interest credited 
Deposit inflows, net 
Ending balance 

  $

  $

1,707.1  $ 
27.2 
411.7 
2,146.0  $ 

1,479.2  $ 
34.6 
193.3 
1,707.1  $ 

1,343.7 
32.4 
103.1 
1,479.2 

Borrowings and Brokered Certificates of Deposit. Borrowings and brokered certificates of deposit 

decreased by $176.7 million, or 13%, during 2009. This decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in 
FHLB Advances of $202.8 million, or 25%, as customer deposits replaced these borrowings and we improved 
our funding mix.  Partially offsetting this decrease was a $35.2 million, or 11%, increase in brokered deposits.  
Also during 2009 we issued $30.0 million of debt under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Program.  

Stockholders’ Equity. Stockholders’ equity increased $85.2 million to $301.8 million at December 31, 
2009.    This  increase  was  mainly  due  to  the  sale  of  senior  preferred  stock  to  the  U.S.  Department  of  the 
Treasury under its Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) totaling $52.6 million and the sale of $25.0 million of 
common stock to Peninsula Investment Partners, L.P (“Peninsula”).  The increase also included $10.6 million 
in comprehensive income mainly due to an increase in the fair value of securities available-for-sale.  Partially 
offsetting these increases was the payment of cash dividends (both preferred and common stock) totaling $3.1 
million during 2009.  During 2009 we did not repurchase any shares of common stock.   

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT 

Our primary asset/liability management goal is to maximize long term net interest income opportunities 
within  the  constraints  of  managing  interest  rate  risk,  while  ensuring  adequate  liquidity  and  funding  and 
maintaining a strong capital base.  

In  general,  interest  rate  risk  is  mitigated  by  closely  matching  the  maturities  or  repricing  periods  of 
interest-sensitive assets and liabilities to ensure a favorable interest rate spread. We regularly review our interest-
rate  sensitivity,  and  use  a  variety  of  strategies  as  needed  to  adjust  that  sensitivity  within  acceptable  tolerance 
ranges  established  by  management  and  the  Board  of  Directors.  Changing  the  relative  proportions  of  fixed-rate 
and adjustable-rate assets and liabilities is one of our primary strategies to accomplish this objective.  

The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and 
liabilities  are  “interest-rate  sensitive”  and  by  monitoring  an  institution’s  interest-sensitivity  gap.  An  interest-
sensitivity  gap  is  considered  positive  when  the  amount  of  interest-rate  sensitive  assets  exceeds  the  amount  of 
interest-rate sensitive liabilities repricing within a defined period, and is considered negative when the amount of 
interest-rate  sensitive  liabilities  exceeds  the  amount  of  interest-rate  sensitive  assets  repricing  within  a  defined 
period. 

-45- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The repricing and  maturities of our interest-rate sensitive assets and interest-rate sensitive liabilities at 

December 31, 2009 are set forth in the following table: 

(Dollars in Thousands) 
Interest-rate sensitive assets: 
Real estate loans (1) (2) 
Commercial loans (2) 
Consumer loans (2) 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Loans held-for-sale (2) 
Investment securities 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 

Interest-rate sensitive liabilities: 
Money market and interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings deposits 
Retail time deposits 
Jumbo certificates of deposit 
Brokered certificates of deposit 
FHLB advances 
Trust preferred borrowings 
Other borrowed funds 

(Deficiency) excess of interest-rate sensitive 
assets over interest-rate liabilities 
 (“interest-rate sensitive gap”) 

One-year interest-rate sensitive assets/ 
Interest-rate sensitive liabilities 

One-year interest-rate sensitive gap as a 

Percent of total assets 

Less than
One Year   

One to
Five 
Years 

Over 
Five Years  

Total 

  $

733,777  $ 191,185  $
919,473 
201,292 
143,616 
8,377 
14,283 
1,090 
2,021,908 

144,906 
45,620 
370,206 
— 
32,416 
— 
784,333 

123,121  $  1,048,083 
1,112,479 
48,100 
299,830 
52,918 
681,242 
167,420 
8,366 
(11) 
84,822 
38,123 
1,090 
— 
3,235,912 
429,671 

545,834 
112,456 
430,720 
69,208 
345,388 
405,517 
67,011 
119,654 
2,095,788 

9 
4 
241,324 
— 
1,255 
207,627 
— 
55,000 
505,219 

270,515 
112,461 
1,221 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
384,197 

816,358 
224,921 
673,265 
69,208 
346,643 
613,144 
67,011 
174,654 
2,985,204 

  $

(73,880)  $ 279,114  $

45,474  $ 

250,708 

96.47%

(1.97%)

Includes commercial mortgage, construction, and residential mortgage loans. 

(1) 
(2)  Loan balances exclude nonaccruing loans, deferred fees and costs. 

Generally,  during  a  period  of  rising  interest  rates,  a  positive  gap  would  result  in  an  increase  in  net 
interest income while a negative gap would adversely affect net interest income. Conversely, during a period of 
falling rates, a positive gap would result in a decrease in net interest income while a negative gap would augment 
net interest income.  However, the interest-sensitivity table does not provide a comprehensive representation of 
the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income. Each category of assets or liabilities will not be affected 
equally  or  simultaneously  by  changes  in  the  general  level  of  interest  rates.  Even  assets  and  liabilities  which 
contractually reprice within the rate period may not, in fact, reprice at the same price or the same time or with the 
same frequency. It is also important to consider that the table represents a specific point in time. Variations can 
occur as we adjust our interest-sensitivity position throughout the year. 

To provide a more accurate position of our one-year gap, certain deposit classifications are based on the 
interest-rate sensitive attributes and not on the contractual repricing characteristics of these deposits. Management 
estimates,  based  on  historical  trends  of  our  deposit  accounts,  that  75%  of  money  market  and  50%  of  interest-
bearing demand deposits are sensitive to interest rate changes and that 50% of savings deposits are sensitive to 
interest  rate  changes.  Accordingly,  these  interest-sensitive  portions  are  classified  in  the  less  than  one-year 
category with the remainder in the over five-year category.  

Deposit rates other than time deposit rates are variable, and changes in deposit rates are generally subject 

to local market conditions and management’s discretion and are not indexed to any particular rate.  

-46- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the first quarter of 2010 we executed $75.0 million of intermediate-term FHLB Advances in 

order to reduce the sensitivity of our net interest income to increases in market interest rates. 

REVERSE MORTGAGES 

We  hold  an  investment  in  reverse  mortgages  of  $(530,000)  at  December  31,  2009  representing  a 
participation in reverse mortgages with a third party. Eighteen loans remain in this portfolio.  The loans were 
originated in the early 1990’s. 

These reverse mortgage loans are contracts that require the lender to make monthly advances throughout 
the borrower’s life or until the borrower relocates, prepays or the home is sold, at which time the loan becomes 
due  and  payable.  Reverse  mortgages  are  nonrecourse  obligations,  which  means  that  the  loan  repayments  are 
generally limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrower’s residence. 

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages by estimating the value of the future cash flows on 
the  reverse  mortgages  at  a  rate  deemed  appropriate  for  these  mortgages,  based  on  the  market  rate  for  similar 
collateral. Actual cash flows from the maturity of these mortgage loans can result in significant volatility in the 
recorded  value  of  reverse  mortgage  assets.  As  a  result,  income  varies  significantly  from  reporting  period  to 
reporting  period.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  we  lost  $464,000  in  interest  income  on  reverse 
mortgages. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we lost $1.1 million in interest income on reverse mortgages 
as compared to posting income of $2.0 million in 2007. The losses in 2008 and 2009 primarily resulted from the 
decrease  in  the  values  of  the  properties  securing  the  mortgages,  based  on  annual  re-evaluations  and  consistent 
with the decrease in home values over the past two years. 

The projected cash flows depend on assumptions about life expectancy of the mortgagee and the future 
changes in collateral values. Projecting the changes in collateral values is the most significant factor impacting 
the volatility of reverse mortgage values. Our current assumptions include a short-term annual appreciation rate 
of  0.0%  in  the  first  year,  and  a  long-term  annual  appreciation  rate  of  0.5%  in  future  years.  If  the  long-term 
appreciation  rate  was  increased  to  1.5%,  the  resulting  impact  on  income  would  have  been  $19,000. 
Conversely, if the long-term appreciation rate was decreased to -0.5%, the resulting impact on income would 
have  been  $(17,000).    If  housing  values  do  not  change  (0.0%  annual  appreciation  for  all  future  years)  the 
resulting impact on income would be $(8,000). 

We  also  hold $12.2  million  fair  value  of  BBB+  rated  mortgage-backed  securities  classified  as  trading 
and have options to acquire up to 49.9% of Class “O” Certificates issued in connection with securities consisting 
of a portfolio of reverse mortgages we previously owned. The Class “O” Certificates are currently recorded on 
our financial statements at a zero value. At  the  time  of  the  securitization, the  third-party  securitizer  (Lehman 
Brothers  Holding,  Inc.  “Lehman  Brothers”)  retained  100%  of  the  Class  “O”  Certificates  from  the 
securitization. These Class “O” Certificates have no priority over other classes of Certificates under the Trust 
and  no  distributions  will  be  made  on  the  Class  “O”  Certificates  until,  among  other  conditions,  the  principal 
amount of each other class of notes has been reduced to zero. The underlying assets, the reverse mortgages, are 
very long-term assets. Therefore, any cash flow that might inure to the holder of the Class “O” Certificates is 
not expected to occur until a number of years in the future. Additionally, we can exercise our option on 49.9% 
of the Class “O” Certificates in up to five separate increments for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 million 
any time between January 1, 2004 and the termination of the Securitization Trust. The option to purchase the 
Class  “O”  Certificates  does  not  meet  the  definition  of  a  derivative  under  ASU  815-10,  Derivatives  and 
Hedging  (SFAS No. 161, Disclosure about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities – an amendment of 
FASB Statement No. 133)  and is  carried in  our  financial  statements  at  cost.  During  the  third quarter  of  2008 
Lehman  Brothers  filed  for  bankruptcy.  During  2009  we  filed  a  “Proof  of  Claim”  against  Lehman  Brothers 
regarding  the  option  on  the  Class  “O”  Certificate.    Also  during  2009  we  notified  Lehman  Brothers  that  we 
were exercising our option on these securities.  The status of this exercise is pending. 

During 2006, we formed a new reverse mortgage initiative, originating reverse mortgages primarily in 
our retail banking footprint.  In 2009 we ranked as the #1 reverse mortgage lender in Delaware and seventy-
seventh nationwide.  While our activity during the past two years has been limited to acting as a correspondent 

-47- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for  these  loans,  it  is  our  intention  to  originate  and  underwrite  our  own  reverse  mortgages  in  the  future.  We 
expect to sell most of these loans and do not intend to hold them in our portfolio. These reverse mortgages are 
government approved and insured.  

During  2008,  we  acquired  a  majority  interest  in  1st  Reverse  Financial  Services,  LLC  (1st  Reverse), 
which  specializes  in  originating  and  subsequently  selling  reverse  mortgage  loans  nationwide.  These  reverse 
mortgages  are  government  approved  and  insured.    During  the  latter  part  of  2009,  we  decided  to  conduct  an 
orderly wind-down of 1st Reverse operations (discussed further in Note 19 of the Financial Statements).   

NONPERFORMING ASSETS 

Nonperforming  assets,  which  include  nonaccruing  loans,  nonperforming  real  estate  investments  and 
assets acquired through foreclosure and troubled debt restructures, can negatively affect our results of operations. 
Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status 
immediately if, in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 
days or more and the value of the collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued but not 
collected  at  the  date  a  loan  is  placed  on  nonaccrual  status  is  reversed  and  charged  against  interest  income.  In 
addition,  the  amortization  of  net  deferred  loan  fees  is  suspended  when  a  loan  is  placed  on  nonaccrual  status. 
Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, 
depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest. Past due loans are 
defined as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments but which remain in 
accrual status because they are considered well secured and in the process of collection. 

The following table sets forth our nonperforming assets and past due loans at the dates indicated: 

December 31,  
(Dollars in Thousands) 
Nonaccruing loans: 
Commercial 
Consumer 
Commercial mortgages 
Residential mortgages 
Construction 
Total nonaccruing loans 
Assets acquired through foreclosure 
Restructured loans 
Total nonperforming assets 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

  $ 8,328  $

925 
155 
727 
1,567 
36 
3,410 
59 
— 
  $ 82,160  $ 35,760  $ 31,809  $  4,220  $  3,469 

986  $ 17,187  $  1,282  $ 
352 
5,748 
4,753 
16,595 
28,434 
4,471 
2,855 

818 
2,156 
9,958 
44,681 
65,941 
8,945 
7,274 

835 
3,873 
2,417 
6,794 
31,106 
703 
— 

557 
500 
1,493 
— 
3,832 
388 
— 

Past due loans: 

Residential mortgages 
Commercial and commercial mortgages 
Consumer 
Total past due loans 

  $ 1,221  $ 1,313  $

105 
97 

— 
26 

  $ 1,423  $ 1,339  $

388  $ 
14 
173 
575  $ 

219  $ 
3 
29 
251  $ 

327 
— 
59 
386 

Ratio of nonaccruing loans to total loans (1) 
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans (1) 
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets 
Ratio of loan loss allowance to nonaccruing loans (2) 

2.61%
2.12 
2.19 
63.10 

1.15%
1.26 
1.04 
108.30 

1.38% 
1.12 
0.99 
78.80 

0.19% 
1.34 
0.14 
705.32 

0.19%  
1.41 
0.12 
709.47 

(1)  Total loans exclude loans held-for-sale. 

(2)  The applicable allowance represents general valuation allowances only. 

Total non-performing assets increased $46.4 million during 2009. As a result, nonperforming assets as a 
percentage  of  total  assets  increased  from  1.04%  at  December  31,  2008  to  2.19%  at  December  31,  2009. 
Nonperforming assets increased in all portfolios except commercial mortgages. Nonaccruing construction loans 
increased $28.1 million during 2009 with a bulk of the dollar increase related to six borrowing relationships that 
were  placed  on  nonaccrual  status  during  the  year.  Nonaccruing  commercial  loans  increased  by  $7.3  million.  
Except for the addition of two larger relationships ($2.6 million in balances), the increase was mostly due to the 

-48- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
migration  of  small  business  loans  during  2009.  Assets  acquired  through  foreclosure  increased  $4.5  million 
predominantly due to the foreclosure of two residential construction and land development loans during the year.  
Restructured loans increased by $4.4 million.  All of the restructured loans continue to be residential mortgage 
and  consumer  loans.  Concessions  on  these  loans  consisted  mainly  of  forbearance  agreements,  reduction  in 
interest rate or extensions of maturity.  All loans classified above as restructured are accruing and there were only 
$1.0 million of restructured loans included in nonaccruing loan balances.  Nonaccruing restructured loans remain 
in  nonaccrual  status  until  there  has  been  sustained  historical  repayment  performance  for  a  reasonable  period, 
generally six months. 

The following table provides an analysis of the change in the balance of nonperforming assets during the 

last three years:  
Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Beginning balance 
Additions 
Collections 
Transfers to accrual 
Charge-offs/write-downs 

Ending balance 

2009 

2008 

2007 

  $ 

  $ 

35,760  $ 
100,925 
(19,133) 
(6,236) 
(29,156) 
82,160  $ 

31,809  $ 
48,152 
(26,574) 
(1,345) 
(16,282) 
35,760  $ 

4,220 
37,017 
(3,029) 
(295) 
(6,104) 
31,809 

As  of  December  31,  2009,  we  had  $98.5  million  of  loans,  which  although  performing  at  that  date, 
require increased supervision and review, and may, depending on the economic environment and other factors, 
become  nonperforming  assets  in  future  periods.  The  amount  of  such  loans  at  December  31,  2008  was  $70.2 
million. The majority of the loans are secured by commercial real estate, with lesser amounts being secured by 
residential real estate, inventory and receivables. 

At December 31, 2009, we did not have a material amount of loans not classified as non-accrual, 90 days 
past due or restructured but where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers caused us to 
have serious concerns as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and may 
result in disclosure as non-accrual, 90 days past due or restructured. 

Allowance  for  Loan  Losses.    We  maintain  allowances  for  credit  losses  and  charge  losses  to  these 
allowances when such losses are realized. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant 
judgment reflecting management’s best estimate of probable loan losses related to specifically identified loans as 
well as probable loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of 
these portfolios. 

We  established  our  loan  loss  allowance  in  accordance  with  guidance  provided  in  the  Securities  and 
Exchange  Commission’s  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  102  (SAB  102).  Its  methodology  for  assessing  the 
appropriateness  of  the  allowance  consists  of  several  key  elements  which  include:  specific  allowances  for 
identified problem loans; formula allowances for commercial and commercial real estate loans; and allowances 
for pooled homogenous loans.  

Specific reserves are established for certain loans in cases where management has identified significant 
conditions or circumstances related to a specific credit that management believes indicate the probability that a 
loss has been incurred.  

The  formula  allowances  for  commercial  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  calculated  by  applying 
estimated loss factors to outstanding loans based on the internal risk grade of loans. For low risk commercial and 
commercial real estate loans the portfolio is pooled, based on internal risk grade, and estimates are based on a ten-
year net charge-off history. Higher risk and criticized loans have loss factors that are derived from an analysis of 
both  the  probability  of  default  and  the  probability  of  loss  should  default  occur.  Loss  adjustment  factors  are 
applied  based  on  criteria  discussed  below.  As  a  result,  changes  in  risk  grades  of  both  performing  and 
nonperforming loans affect the amount of the formula allowance.  

Pooled loans are loans that are usually smaller, not-individually-graded and homogenous in nature, such 
as consumer installment loans and residential mortgages. Loan loss allowances for pooled loans are based on a 

-49- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ten-year net charge-off history. The average loss allowance per homogenous pool is based on the product of  the 
average annual historical loss rate and the estimated duration of the pool multiplied by the pool balances. These 
separate  risk  pools  are  assigned  a  reserve  for  losses  based  upon  this  historical  loss  information  and  loss 
adjustment factors.  

Historical loss adjustment factors are based upon our evaluation of various current conditions including 

those listed below: 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

General economic and business conditions affecting our key lending areas,  
Credit quality trends, 
Recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, 
Collateral values and loan-to-value ratios, 
Loan volumes and concentrations, including changes in mix, 
Seasoning of the loan portfolio, 
Specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, 
Bank regulatory examination results, and 
Other  factors,  including  changes  in  quality  of  the  loan  origination,  servicing  and  risk 
management processes. 

Our loan officers and risk managers meet at least quarterly to discuss and review these conditions and 
risks associated with individual problem loans. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their 
examination process, periodically review our allowance for such losses. We also give consideration to the results 
of these regulatory agency examinations.  In addition, we also contract with a loan review firm to review portions 
of the portfolio. 

During 2009, the provision for loan losses was affected by the protracted economic recession; including 
(1) increased charge-offs; (2) continued migration in loans to lower credit grades; (3) continued deterioration of 
collateral values; and (4) an increase in estimated disposition costs. 

Increases  in  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  were  also  due  to  rising  trends  in  our  past  due  and 
nonperforming loans (as discussed in the earlier nonperforming assets section) and rising unemployment rates.  
This  increase  in  non-performing  loans  is  a  direct  result  of  the  weak  economic  environment,  impacting 
numerous  borrowers’  ability  to  pay  as  scheduled.   This  has  resulted  in  increased  loan  delinquencies,  and  in 
some cases decreases in the collateral value used to secure real estate loans and the ability to sell the collateral 
upon foreclosure.  Collateral value is assessed based on collateral value trends, liquidation value trends, and 
other  liquidation  expenses  to  determine  appropriate  discounts  that  may  be  needed.   In  response  to  this 
deterioration  in  real  estate  loan  quality,  management  is  aggressively  monitoring  its  classified  loans  and  is 
continuing to monitor credits with material weaknesses. 

As  a  result  of  continued  economic  deterioration  in  2009,  a  detailed  review  and  analysis  of  our 
commercial loan portfolio was completed during the year.  This included a review of every commercial loan 
commitment  greater  than  $1  million,  regardless  of  risk  rating.  This  represented  74%  of  our  commercial 
portfolio.    The  review  considered  cash  flows  from  the  business  or  project,  appropriately  conservative  real 
estate values, a careful view of guarantor support, and the direction of the economy.   

Our  real  estate  portfolio  has  approximately  $524.4  million  of  commercial  real  estate  loans,  $231.6 
million  of  construction  loans,  $357.3  million  in  first  lien  mortgage  loans  (only  $15.1  million  of  which  are 
considered subprime loans), and $284.3 million in home equity loans and lines as of December 31, 2009.  We 
do not have any option ARM products in our portfolio.  We consider our construction loans our riskiest loans 
within our real estate portfolio.  Construction loans are typically comprised of loans to borrowers for real estate 
to be developed.  Normally, these loans are repaid with the proceeds from the sale or lease of the developed 
property.   The  greater  degree  of  strain on  these  real  estate types  of loans and  the significance  to  our  overall 
loan  portfolio  has  caused  us  to  apply  a  greater  degree  of  scrutiny  in  analyzing  the  ultimate  collectability  of 
amounts  due.   A  number  of  these  borrowers  are  having  financial  difficulties  that  may  affect  their  ability  to 
repay  their  loans.   Our  analysis  has  resulted  in  a  significant  provision  expense  to  increase  our  allowance  to 
appropriate levels based on continued deterioration in the portfolio during 2009.    

-50- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
The table below represents a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses during the periods 

indicated: 

Year Ended December 31, 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

(Dollars in Thousands)      
Beginning balance      
Provision for loan losses       

Charge-offs:      
Residential real estate      
Commercial real estate (1)       
Commercial       
Overdrafts (2)      
Consumer      
Total charge-offs      

Recoveries:      
Residential real estate      
Commercial real estate (1)       
Commercial      
Overdrafts (2)      
Consumer       
Total recoveries      

 $ 

31,189 
47,811 

$ 

25,252 
23,024 

$ 

27,384 
5,021 

$ 

25,381 
2,738 

$  24,222 
  2,582 

1,164 
15,932 
5,796 
1,216 
2,458 
26,566 

38 
379 
150 
380 
65 
1,012 

628 
12,195 
1,992 
1,327 
1,697 
17,839 

7 
12 
100 
384 
249 
752 

41 
1,398 
4,379 
1,441 
790 
8,049 

11 
127 
173 
446 
139 
896 

75 
— 
470 
607 
483 
1,635 

14 
170 
343 
217 
156 
900 

90 
104 
  1,048 
  — 
631 
  1,873 

59 
42 
209 
  — 
140 
450 

Net charge-offs      
Ending balance      

25,554 
53,446 

$ 

 $ 

17,087 
31,189 

$ 

7,153 
25,252 

$ 

735 
27,384 

  1,423 
$  25,381 

Net charge-offs to average gross loans 
outstanding, net of unearned income 

1.01%

0.74%

0.34%

0.04% 

0.09%

(1) Includes commercial mortgage and construction loans.      
(2) Prior to April 2006, overdraft charge-offs/recoveries were recognized in other operating expense.      

Net charge-offs did increase this year as we moved loans through the resolution process in some of the 
larger construction loans we identified earlier in this cycle.  During 2009, net charge-offs increased to $25.6 
million, or 1.01% of average loans, from $17.1 million, or 0.74% of average loans in 2008.  This is due to the 
fact we provide for losses earlier in the problem loan identification process when they are probable and charge 
the loans off and utilize the provision when the losses are certain or near certain. 

The allowance for loan losses is allocated by major portfolio type. As these portfolios have developed, 
they  have  become  a  source  of  historical  data  in  projecting  delinquencies  and  loss  exposure;  however,  such 
allocations are not a guarantee of where future losses may occur. While we have allocated the allowance for 
loan  losses  by  portfolio  type  in  the  following  table,  the  entire  reserve  is  available  for  any  loan  portfolio  to 
utilize. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type at the end of each of the last five fiscal 
years, and the percentage of outstanding loans in each category to total gross outstanding, at such dates follow: 

At December 31, 

2009 
 Amount  Percent   

2008 

2007 

    Amount

Percent   

  Amount

Percent   

2006 
  Amount   Percent   

2005 
    Amount Percent   

(Dollars in Thousands) 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial 
Consumer 
Total  

 $ 

4,073
17,082
24,834
7,457
 $  53,446

13.8% 
29.9% 
44.4% 
11.9% 
100.0% 

 $ 

2,480
10,656
12,510
5,543
 $  31,189

17.1% $
32.8%
38.1%
12.0%
100.0% $

1,304
12,151
8,088
3,709
25,252

19.8% $
32.9%
35.0%
12.3%

100.0% $

1,645 
11,343 
11,019 
3,377 
27,384 

23.1% 
32.5% 
31.5% 
12.9% 
100.0% 

 $ 

1,632
10,978
9,471
3,300
 $  25,381

25.4%
32.7%
28.3%
13.6%
100.0%

-51- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIQUIDITY 

We manage our liquidity risk and funding needs through our treasury function and our Asset/Liability 
Committee.  Historically,  we  have  had  success  in  growing  our  loan  portfolio.  For  example,  during  the  year 
ended December 31, 2009, net loan growth resulted in the use of $103.8 million in cash. The loan growth was 
primarily  the  result  of  our  continued  success  increasing  corporate  and  small  business  lending.  Management 
expects this trend to continue. Our loan-to-deposit ratio has been well above 100% for many years, however 
during  2009  we  have  made  significant  improvements  in  this  ratio  through  increased  deposit  growth.    At 
December 31, 2009 our loan-to-deposit ratio was 114% compared to 143% at December 31, 2008.  Our long-
term  goal  is  100%  by  2012.    Management  has  significant  experience  managing  its  funding  needs  through 
borrowings and deposit growth.  

As a financial institution, we have ready access to several sources of funding. Among these are: 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

Deposit growth 
Brokered deposits 
Borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank 
Fed Discount Window access 
Other borrowings such as repurchase agreements 
Cash flow from securities and loan sales and repayments 
Net income. 

Our current branch expansion and renovation program is focused on expanding our retail footprint in 
Delaware  and  southeastern Pennsylvania and  attracting  new customers  to provide additional  deposit  growth. 
Customer  deposit  growth  was  strong,  equaling  $438.9  million,  or  26%  between  December  31,  2008  and 
December 31, 2009. 

Our portfolio of high-quality, liquid investments, primarily short-duration mortgage-backed securities 
and Agency notes also provide a source of cash flow to meet current cash needs. If necessary, portions of this 
portfolio, as well as portions of the loan portfolio, could be sold to provide liquidity or new loans. During the 
year ended December 31, 2009, $21.1 million in cash was provided by operating activities. 

We  have  a  policy  that  separately  addresses  liquidity,  and  management  monitors  our  adherence  to 
policy limits. As part of the liquidity management process, we also monitor our available wholesale funding 
capacity. At December 31, 2009, we had $376.3 million in funding capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank of 
Pittsburgh. Also, liquidity risk management is a primary area of examination by the OTS.  

We  have  not  used  and  have  no  intention  of  using  any  significant  off  balance  sheet  financing 
arrangement  for  liquidity  management  purposes.  Our  financial  instruments  with  off  balance  sheet  risk  are 
limited to obligations to fund loans to customers pursuant to existing commitments and obligations of letters of 
credit. In addition, we have not had and have no intention to have any significant transactions, arrangements or 
other relationships with any unconsolidated, limited purpose entities that could materially affect our liquidity 
or capital resources.  

CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Federal laws, among other things, require the OTS to mandate uniformly applicable capital standards for 
all savings institutions. These standards currently require institutions such as us to maintain a “tangible” capital 
ratio equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “core” (or “leverage”) capital equal to 4.0% of adjusted total assets, 
“Tier 1” capital equal to 4.0% of “risk-weighted” assets and total “risk-based” capital (a combination of core and 
“supplementary” capital) equal to 8.0% of “risk-weighted” assets.  

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), as well as other requirements, 
established  five  capital  tiers:  well-capitalized,  adequately-capitalized,  under-capitalized,  significantly  under-
capitalized, and critically under- capitalized. A depository institution’s capital tier depends upon its capital levels 

-52- 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in  relation  to  various  relevant  capital  measures,  which  include  leverage  and  risk-based  capital  measures  and 
certain  other  factors.  Depository  institutions  that  are  not  classified  as  well-capitalized  are  subject  to  various 
restrictions  regarding  capital  distributions,  payment  of  management  fees,  acceptance  of  brokered  deposits  and 
other operating activities.  

At December 31, 2009, we are classified as well-capitalized, the highest regulatory defined level, and in 
compliance  with  all  regulatory  capital  requirements.    Additional  information  concerning  our  regulatory  capital 
compliance is included in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Since 1996, the Board of Directors has approved several stock repurchase programs to acquire common 
stock  outstanding.  We  did  not  acquire  any  shares  in  2009,  but  as  part  of  these  programs,  we  acquired 
approximately 73,500 shares in 2008. At December 31, 2009, we held 9.6 million shares of our common stock as 
treasury shares.  At December 31, 2009, we had 506,000 shares remaining under our current share repurchase 
authorization. 

On  January  23,  2009,  under  the  U.S.  Treasury’s  Capital  Purchase  Plan  (“CPP”),  we  issued  and  sold 
52,625  shares  of  senior  preferred  stock  to  the  U.S.  Treasury,  having  a  liquidation  amount  equal  to  $1,000  per 
share,  or  $52.6  million.    Although  we  are  currently  well-capitalized  under  regulatory  guidelines,  the  Board  of 
Directors believed it was advisable to take advantage of the CPP to raise additional capital to ensure that, during 
these  uncertain  times,  we  are  well-positioned  to  support  our  existing  operations  as  well  as  anticipated  future 
growth.  Additional  information  concerning  the  CPP  is  included  in  Note  21  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements. 

As part of the CPP program, any share repurchases or increase in the dividend level from the September 

2008 quarterly payment of $0.12 per share, must be approved by the U.S. Treasury department. 

The Company completed a private placement of stock to Peninsula Investment Partners, L.P. (Peninsula) 
on September 24, 2009, pursuant to which the company issued and sold 862,069 shares of common stock for a 
total  purchase  price  of  $25.0  million,  and  a  10-year  warrant  to  purchase  129,310  shares  of  the  Company’s 
common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $29.00  per  share.  Additional  information  concerning  the  Peninsula 
transaction is included in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

We have no off balance sheet arrangements that currently have, or are reasonably likely to have, a 

material future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results 
of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.  Additional information concerning our off 
balance sheet arrangements is included in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

At December 31, 2009, we had contractual obligations relating to operating leases, long-term debt, 

data processing and credit obligations.  These obligations are summarized below.  See Notes 7, 9 and 14 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion. 

(In Thousands) 
Operating lease obligations 
Long-term debt obligations 
Data processing contracts 
Credit obligations 
Total 

Total 

Less than 
1 Year 

1-3 Years   

3-5 Years  

More than
5 Years   

  $ 

  $ 

48,581  $
680,155 
3,972 
640,738 
1,373,446  $

5,113  $

405,517 
3,170 
640,738 
1,054,538  $

9,165  $

174,394 
802 
— 
184,361  $

7,675   $ 
33,233  
—  
—  
40,908   $ 

26,628 
67,011 
— 
— 
93,639 

-53- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting  principles,  which  require  the  measurement  of  financial  position  and  operating  results  in  terms  of 
historical dollars without consideration of the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to 
inflation.  The  impact  of  inflation  is  reflected  in  the  increased  costs  of  our  operations.  Unlike  most  industrial 
companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on 
our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the 
same direction or the same extent as the price of goods and services. 

RECENT LEGISLATION 

The  economy  is  experiencing  significantly  reduced  business  activity  as  a  result  of,  among  other 
factors, disruptions in the financial system during the past year. Declines in the housing market during the past 
year,  due  to  falling  home  prices  and  increased  foreclosures  and  unemployment,  have  resulted  in  substantial 
declines in mortgage-related asset values, which has had a dramatic negative impact on government-sponsored 
entities and major commercial and investment banks. 

Reflecting  concern  about  the  stability  of  the  finance  markets  in  general  and  the  strength  of 
counterparties,  many  lenders  and  institutional  investors  have  reduced,  and in  some  cases,  ceased,  to  provide 
funding  and  liquidity  to  borrowers,  including  other  financial  institutions.  In  response  to  the  financial  crisis 
affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other 
financial institutions, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) 
was  signed  into  law.  Pursuant  to  the  EESA,  specifically  the  Troubled  Asset  Relief  Program  (“TARP”) 
thereunder, the U.S. Treasury will have the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of 
mortgages,  mortgage-backed  securities  and  certain  other  financial  instruments  from  financial  institutions  for 
the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. 

On October 14, 2008, the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury announced the Department of 
the Treasury will purchase equity stakes in a wide variety of banks and thrifts through TARP’s CPP. Under 
this  program,  from  the  $700  billion  authorized  by  the  EESA,  the  Treasury  made  $250  billion  of  capital 
available  to  U.S.  financial  institutions  in  the  form  of  preferred  stock  as  a  way  for  healthy  U.S.  financial 
institutions  to  help  stabilize  the  U.S.  economy.  In  conjunction  with  the  purchase  of  preferred  stock,  the 
Treasury  received,  from  participating  financial  institutions,  warrants  to  purchase  common  stock  with  an 
aggregate market price equal to 15% of the preferred stock investment. Participating financial institutions were 
required to adopt the Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period 
during which the Treasury holds equity in such institution issued under the CPP.  After careful consideration of 
all the costs, restrictions, risks and benefits, we have elected to participate in the CPP program.  The Treasury’s 
investment  signals  their  faith  in  us  as  a  healthy  institution  that  can  help  stabilize  and  eventually  grow  the 
economy.  Additional  information  regarding  this  transaction  can  be  found  in  Note  21  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

On  November  21,  2008,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  FDIC  adopted  a  final  rule  relating  to  the 
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”). The TLGP was announced by the FDIC on October 
14,  2008,  after  the  determination  of  systemic  risk  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Department  of  Treasury  (after 
consultation  with  the  President),  as  an  initiative  to  counter  the  system-wide  crisis  in  the  nation’s  financial 
sector. Under the TLGP the FDIC will (i) guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, certain 
newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008, and before 
June  30,  2009  and  (ii)  provide  full  FDIC  insurance  deposit  insurance  coverage  for  noninterest  bearing 
transaction  deposit  accounts,  Negotiable  Order  of  Withdrawal  (“NOW”)  accounts  paying  less  than  0.5% 
interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (“IOLTA”) accounts held at participating FDIC-
insured institutions through December 31, 2009. Coverage under the TLGP was available for the first 30 days 
without charge. The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt ranges from 50 basis points to 100 
basis points per annum, depending on the initial maturity of the debt. The fee assessment for deposit insurance 

-54- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
coverage is 10 basis points per quarter on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000.  We have elected 
to participate in the TLGP program. 

On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed 
into  law  by  President  Obama.  The  ARRA  includes  a  wide  variety  of  programs  intended  to  stimulate  the 
economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health, and education needs. In addition, the ARRA 
imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future TARP 
recipients until the institution has repaid the U.S. Treasury, which is now permitted under the ARRA without 
penalty  and  without  the  need  to  raise  new  capital,  subject  to  the  U.S.  Treasury’s  consultation  with  the 
recipient’s appropriate regulatory agency.  

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final ruling that required banks to prepay their estimated 
quarterly risk-based assessments for the 4th quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010 through 2012.  In addition the 
FDIC board voted to adopt a uniform three-basis point increase in assessment rates effective January 1, 2011.  
Prepayment of the assessments allowed the industry to strengthen the cash position of the Deposit Insurance 
Fund  (DIF)  immediately  while  allowing  the  capital  impact  to  be  felt  over  time  as  the  industry’s  financial 
condition improves.  We have paid our estimated assessment for 2010 through 2012 of $19.9 million and will 
expense this amount based on actual calculations of quarterly provisions during the period to which it relates. 

On November 17, 2009, the Federal Reserve adopted a final ruling regarding Regulation E, otherwise 
known as the Electronic Fund Transfer Act.  The ruling limits our ability to assess fees for overdrafts on ATM 
or one-time debit transactions without receiving prior consent from  our customers who have opted-in to our 
overdraft service.  This act will become effective on July 1, 2010. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The  discussion  and  analysis  of  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  on  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements, which are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles. The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make estimates 
and  assumptions  affecting  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenue  and  expenses.  We  regularly 
evaluate  these  estimates  and  assumptions  including  those  related  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses, 
contingencies (including indemnifications), and deferred taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience 
and various other factors and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These 
form the basis for making judgments on the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent 
from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

The following are critical accounting policies that involve more significant judgments and estimates: 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

We  maintain  allowances  for  credit  losses  and  charge  losses  to  these  allowances  when  realized.  The 
determination  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  requires  significant  judgment  reflecting  our  best  estimate  of 
probable loan losses related to specifically identified loans as well as those in the remaining loan portfolio. Our 
evaluation  is  based  upon  a  continuing  review  of  these  portfolios,  with  consideration  given  to  evaluations 
resulting from examinations performed by regulatory authorities. 

Contingencies (Including Indemnifications) 

In the ordinary course of business we are subject to legal actions, which involve claims for monetary 
relief. Based upon information presently available to us and our counsel, it is our opinion that any legal and 
financial  responsibility  arising  from  such  claims  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of 
operations. 

-55- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  maintain  a  loss  contingency  for  standby  letters  of  credit  and  charge  losses  to  this  reserve  when 
such  losses  are  realized.  The  determination  of  the  loss  contingency  for  standby  letters  of  credit  requires 
significant judgment reflecting management’s best estimate of probable losses.  

The  Bank,  as  successor  to  originators  of  reverse  mortgages  is,  from  time  to  time,  involved  in 
arbitration  or  litigation  with  various  parties  including  borrowers  or  the  heirs  of  borrowers.  Because  reverse 
mortgages are  a  relatively new  and  uncommon  product,  there can  be  no  assurances  about  how the courts  or 
arbitrators may apply existing legal principles to the interpretation and enforcement of the terms and conditions 
of the Bank’s reverse mortgage obligations. 

Deferred Taxes 

We  account  for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”) 
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the recording of 
deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of 
assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax  purposes.  We 
regularly assess the need for valuation allowances on deferred income tax assets that may result from, among 
other  things,  limitations  imposed  by  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  uncertainties,  including  the  timing  of 
settlement and realization of these differences.  No valuation allowance is required as of December 31, 2009.  

Fair Value Measurements 

We adopted FASB ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) during 2008, 
which  defines  fair  value,  establishes  a  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  under  GAAP,  and  expands 
disclosures about fair value measurements. See Note 1 to the Consolidated financial statements. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

In  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  805,  Business  Combinations,  and  FASB  ASC  350,  Intangibles—
Goodwill and Other, all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, indefinite-
lived intangibles and other intangibles are recorded at fair value. We consider our accounting policies related 
to goodwill and other intangible assets to be critical because the assumptions or judgment used in determining 
the  fair  value  of  assets  and  liabilities  acquired  in  past  acquisitions  are  subjective  and  complex.  As  a  result, 
changes in these assumptions or judgment could have a significant impact on our financial condition or results 
of operations.  

The fair value of acquired assets and liabilities, including the resulting goodwill, was based either on 
quoted market prices or provided by other third-party sources, when available. When third-party information 
was not available, estimates were made in good faith by management primarily through the use of internal cash 
flow modeling techniques. The assumptions that were used in the cash flow modeling were subjective and are 
susceptible to significant changes.  

Goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  useful  lives  are  tested  for  impairment  at  least 
annually and written down and charged to results of operations only in periods in which the recorded value is 
more than the estimated fair value. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives will continue to be amortized 
over  their  useful  lives  and  are  periodically  evaluated  for  impairment.  As  of  December  31,  2009,  goodwill 
totaled $10.9 million, the majority of which is in the WSFS Bank reporting unit and is the result of a branch 
acquisition  in  2008.    For  additional  information  see  Note  19  to  the  Consolidated  financial  statements.    In 
addition, amortizing intangibles totaled $2.8 million as of December 31, 2009. 

Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  using  a  two-step  process  that  begins  with  an  estimation  of  fair 
value.  The  first  step  compares  the  estimated  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  with  their  carrying  amounts, 
including  goodwill.  If  the  estimated  fair  value  exceeds  its  carrying  amount,  goodwill  is  not  considered 
impaired. However, if the carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step would be performed 
that would compare the implied fair value to the carrying amount of goodwill. An impairment loss would be 
recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.  

-56- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Fair  value  may  be  determined  using  market  prices,  comparison  to  similar  assets,  market  multiples, 
discounted cash flow analysis and other variables. Estimated cash flows extend five years into the future and, 
by their nature, are difficult to estimate over such an extended time-frame. Factors that may significantly affect 
the estimates include, but are not limited to, balance sheet growth assumptions, credit losses in our investment 
and loan portfolios, competitive pressures in our market area, changes in customer base and customer product 
preferences,  changes  in  revenue  growth  trends,  cost  structure,  changes  in  discount  rates,  conditions  in  the 
banking sector and general economic variables.  

As  of  December  31,  2009,  we  retained  a  third-party  valuation  firm  to  assist  in  our  Step  1  test  for 
potential goodwill impairment of the WSFS Bank reporting unit. The valuation incorporated both income and 
market  based  analyses  and  indicated  the  fair  value  of  our  WSFS  Bank  reporting  unit  was  3.7%  above  the 
carrying amount, therefore in accordance with FASB ASC 350-20-35-6; the Step 2 analysis was not required.  

As  of  December  31,  2009,  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  were  not  considered  impaired; 
however,  changing  economic  conditions  that  may  adversely  affect  our  performance  and  stock  price  could 
result in impairment, which could adversely affect earnings in future.  

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  impacting  FASB  ASC  805,  Business 
Combinations  (“ASC  805”),  (Formerly  SFAS  No.  141  (revised  2007),  Business  Combinations).  This  new 
guidance changes the requirements for an acquirer’s recognition and measurement of the assets acquired and 
the  liabilities  assumed  in  a  business  combination,  ASC  805  is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  after 
December  15,  2008  and  is  applied  prospectively  for  all  business  combinations  entered  into  after  the  date  of 
adoption.  The  adoption  of  this  statement  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB ASC 810-10, Consolidation (“ASC 810-10”), (Formerly 
SFAS  No. 160,  Noncontrolling  Interests  in  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  —  an  amendment  of  ARB 
No. 51).  This  Statement  requires  (i) that  noncontrolling  (minority) interests  be  reported  as  a  component  of 
shareholders’  equity,  (ii) that  net  income  attributable  to  the  parent  and  to  the  noncontrolling  interest  be 
separately  identified  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations,  (iii) that  changes  in  a  parent’s  ownership 
interest  while  the  parent  retains  its  controlling  interest  be  accounted  for  as  equity  transactions,  (iv) that  any 
retained noncontrolling equity investment upon the deconsolidation of a subsidiary be initially measured at fair 
value, and (v) that sufficient disclosures are provided that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests 
of  the  parent  and  the  interests  of  the  noncontrolling  owners.  ASC  810-10  is  effective  for  annual  periods 
beginning  after  December 15,  2008  and  is  applied  prospectively.  However,  the  presentation  and  disclosure 
requirements  of  the  statement  are  applied  retrospectively  for  all  periods  presented.  The  adoption  of  this 
statement did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  

In March 2008, the FASB issued FASB ASC 815-10, Derivatives and Hedging (Formerly SFAS No. 
161, Disclosure about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 
133).  This  statement  changes  the  disclosure  requirements  for  derivative  instruments  and  hedging  activities. 
Entities  are  required  to  provide  enhanced  disclosures  about  (a)  how  and  why  an  entity  uses  derivative 
instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedges are accounted for under Statement 133 and its 
related  interpretations  and  (c)  how  derivative  instruments  and  related  hedged  affect  an  entity’s  financial 
position, financial performance, and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for 
fiscal  years  and  interim  periods  beginning  after  November  15,  2008.  The  adoption  of  this  statement  did  not 
have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  

In  April  2009,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  and  enhanced  disclosures  regarding  fair  value 
measurements of impairment securities. This guidance is effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009, with 
an early adoption election permitted. We elected early adoption in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 and have 
determined the adoption did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements: 

FASB  ASC  825-10-50,  Financial  Instruments  (Formerly  FSP  FAS  107-1  and  APB  28-1, 
Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments), changes the disclosure requirements of 
any financial instrument not currently reflected on the balance sheet. Prior to issuing this guidance, fair 

-57- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
values  for  these  financial  instruments  were  only  disclosed  annually.  Effective  with  adoption  of  this 
guidance, the fair value of these instruments are required to be disclosed on an interim and annual basis. 

FASB ASC 320-10, Investments (Formerly FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and 
Presentation  of  Other-Than-Temporary  Impairments),  amends  the  guidance  on  other-than-temporary 
impairment  for  debt  securities  and  modifies  the  presentation  and  disclosure  of  other-than-temporary 
impairments on debt and equity securities in the financial statements. 

FASB  ASC  820  (Formerly  FSP  FAS  157-4,  Determining  Fair  Value  When the  Volume and 
Level  of  Activity  for  the  Asset  or  Liability  Have  Significantly  Decreased  and  Identifying  Transactions 
That Are Not Orderly), provides additional guidance for estimating fair value under FASB ASC 820-10 
(Formerly SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements) when there is an inactive market or the market is 
not orderly. 

In  May 2009,  the  FASB  issued  FASB  ASC  855,  Subsequent  Events  (Formerly  SFAS  No. 165, 
Subsequent  Events).  This  Statement  incorporates  guidance  into  accounting  literature  that  was  previously 
addressed  only  in  auditing  standards.  The  statement  refers  to  subsequent  events  that  provide  additional 
evidence about conditions that existed at the balance-sheet date as “recognized subsequent events”. Subsequent 
events which provide evidence about conditions that arose after the balance-sheet date but prior to the issuance 
of the financial statements are referred to as “non-recognized subsequent events”. It also requires companies to 
disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated and whether this date is the date the 
financial statements were issued or the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The adoption 
of this statement did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 22, to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In  June  2009  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  impacting  FASB  ASC  860,  Transfers  and  Servicing 
(“ASC  860”),  (Formerly  SFAS  No.  166,  Accounting  for  Transfers  of  Financial  Assets—an  amendment  of 
FASB  Statement  No.  140).  This  new  standard  amends  derecognition  guidance  and  eliminates  the  concept  of 
qualifying special-purpose entities. The new standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning 
after  November  15,  2009.  Early  adoption  of  ASC  860  is  prohibited.  We  have  not  determined  whether  the 
adoption of the new standard will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In June 2009, the FASB issued new guidance impacting FASB ASC 810-10, Consolidation (Formerly 
SFAS No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)). The new standard amends previous guidance 
to replace the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a 
controlling  financial  interest  in  a  variable  interest  entity  with  an  approach  focused  on  identifying  which 
enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the 
entity’s economic performance and (i) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (ii) the right to receive 
benefits from the entity. The pronouncement is effective January 1, 2010 and we have not determined whether 
the adoption of the new standard will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In  June  2009  the  FASB  issued  FASB  ASC  105-10,  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles 
(Formerly  SFAS  No.  168,  The  FASB  Accounting  Standards  CodificationTM  and  the  Hierarchy  of  Generally 
Accepted Accounting Principles—a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162). This new standard establishes 
the  FASB  Accounting  Standards  CodificationTM  as  the  source  of  authoritative  U.S.  generally  accepted 
accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied to nongovernmental entities. This new standard 
was effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009 at 
which  time  the  Codification  superseded  all  than-existing  non-SEC  accounting  and  reporting  standards.  The 
adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In August 2009, the FASB issued an update (Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-05, Measuring 
Liabilities at Fair Value) impacting FASB ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The update 
provides  clarification  about  measuring  liabilities  at  fair  value  in  circumstances  where  a  quoted  price  in  an 
active market for an identical liability is not available and the valuation techniques that should be used. The 
update  also  clarifies  that  when  estimating  the  fair  value  of  a  liability,  a  reporting  entity  is  not  required  to 
include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the 
transfer  of  the  liability.  This  update  became  effective  for  the  Company  for  the  reporting  period  ending 
September 30, 2009 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. 

-58- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued an update (Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06, Improving 
Disclosures  about  Fair  Value  Measurements)  impacting  FASB  ASC  820,  Fair  Value  Measurements  and 
Disclosures.  The  update  provides  clarification  regarding  existing  disclosures  and  requires  additional 
disclosures  regarding  fair  value  measurements.    Specifically,  the  guidance  now  requires  reporting  entities  to 
disclose the amounts of significant transfers between levels and the reasons for the transfers.  In addition, the 
reconciliation  should  present  separate  information  about  purchases,  sales,  issuances  and  settlements.    A 
reporting  entity  should  provide  disclosures  about  the  valuation  techniques  and  inputs  used  to  measure  fair 
value.  The  new  standard  is  effective  for  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2009  except  for 
disclosures  about  purchases,  sales,  issuances  and  settlements  which  is  not  effective  until  reporting  periods 
beginning after December 15, 2010.  Adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on 
our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The matching of maturities or repricing periods of interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities to promote 
a  favorable  interest  rate  spread  and  mitigate  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  is  our  primary  tool  for 
achieving  our  asset/liability  management  strategies.  Management  regularly  reviews  our  interest-rate  sensitivity 
and adjusts the sensitivity within acceptable tolerance ranges established by management. At December 31, 2009 
interest-earning  liabilities  exceeded  interest-bearing  assets  that  mature  or  reprice  within  one  year  (interest-
sensitive gap) by $73.9 million. Our interest-sensitive assets as a percentage of interest-sensitive liabilities within 
the one-year window decreased from 100.6% at December 31, 2008 to 96.4% at December 31, 2009. Likewise, 
the one-year interest-sensitive gap as a percentage of total assets changed to (1.97%) at December 31, 2009 from 
0.3%  at  December  31,  2008.  The  change  in  sensitivity  since  December  31,  2008  is  the  result  of  the  current 
interest rate environment and our continuing effort to effectively manage interest rate risk. 

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our market risk arises 
primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending, investing and funding activities. To that end, we actively 
monitor and manage our interest rate risk exposure. One measure required to be performed by the Office of Thrift 
Supervision (OTS)-regulated institutions is the test specified by OTS  Thrift Bulletin No. 13A, Management of 
Interest  Rate  Risk,  Investment  Securities  and  Derivatives  Activities.  This  test  measures  the  impact  on  the  net 
portfolio  value  of  an  immediate  change  in  interest  rates  in  100  basis  point  increments.  Net  portfolio  value  is 
defined as the net present value of the estimated cash flows from assets and liabilities as a percentage of the net 
present value of assets. The following table is the estimated impact of immediate changes in interest rates on our 
net interest margin and net portfolio value at the specified levels at December 31, 2009 and 2008, calculated in 
compliance with Thrift Bulletin No. 13A: 

December 31, 
Change in 
Interest Rate 
(Basis Points) 

+300 
+200 
+100 
0 
-100 
-200(3) 
-300 (3) 

2009 

2008 

% Change in 
Net Interest 
Margin (1) 
+4% 
+3% 
+1% 
0% 
-7% 
NMF 
NMF 

Net Portfolio 
Value (2) 
8.88% 
9.24% 
9.43% 
9.39% 
9.16% 
NMF 
NMF 

% Change in 
Net Interest 
Margin (1) 
-9% 
-6% 
-3% 
0% 
-2% 
NMF 
NMF 

Net Portfolio 
Value (2)  
7.92% 
8.17% 
8.37% 
8.50% 
8.43% 
NMF 
NMF 

(1)  The percentage difference between net interest margin in a stable interest rate environment and net interest margin as projected under 

the various rate change environments. 

(2)  The net portfolio value ratio of the Company in a stable interest rate environment and the net portfolio value as projected under the 

various rate change environments. 

(3)  Sensitivity indicated by a decrease of 200 and 300 basis points is deemed not meaningful (NMF) at December 31, 2009 given the low 

absolute level of interest rates at that time. 

Our  primary  objective  in  managing  interest  rate  risk  is  to  minimize  the  adverse  impact  of  changes  in 
interest  rates  on  net  interest  income  and  capital,  while  maximizing  the  yield/cost  spread  on  our  asset/liability 
structure. We rely primarily on our asset/liability structure to control interest rate risk. 

-59- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We also engage in other business activities that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For example, 
mortgage  banking  revenues  and  expenses  can  fluctuate  with  changing  interest  rates.  These  fluctuations  are 
difficult to model and estimate. 

During the first quarter of 2010 we executed $75.0 million of intermediate-term FHLB Advances in 

order to reduce the sensitivity of our net interest income to increases in market interest rates. 

-60- 

 
 
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
WSFS Financial Corporation: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statement  of  condition  of  WSFS  Financial  Corporation 
and subsidiaries  as  of  December 31,  2009  and  2008,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations, 
changes  in  stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended 
December 31,  2009.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on 
our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance 
about  whether  the  financial statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit includes  examining, on  a 
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and 
the  results  of  their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended 
December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

As  discussed  in  Note  1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  adopted  FASB  Interpretation 
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (included 
in FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes), effective January 1, 2007, and FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value 
Measurements  (included  in  FASB  ASC  Subtopic  820-10,  Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures), 
effective January 1, 2008. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States),  WSFS  Financial  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 31, 
2009, based  on  criteria  established  in Internal  Control  –  Integrated Framework issued by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO),  and  our  report  dated  March  16,  2010 
expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting. 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
March 16, 2010 

-61- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 

Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 
Interest income: 
Interest and fees on loans 
Interest on mortgage-backed securities 
Interest and dividends on investment securities 
Interest on investments in reverse mortgages 
Other interest income 

Interest expense:  
Interest on deposits  
Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Interest on federal funds purchased and securities  
     sold under agreements to repurchase 
Interest on trust preferred borrowings 
Interest on other borrowings 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

Noninterest income: 
Deposit service charges 
Credit/debit card and ATM income  
Loan fee income 
Securities gains 
Investment advisory income  
Mortgage banking activities, net 
Bank-owned life insurance income 
Non-recurring gains, net  
Other income 

Noninterest expenses:  
Salaries, benefits and other compensation 
Occupancy expense 
Professional fees 
FDIC expenses 
Equipment expense 
Data processing and operations expense 
Net costs of assets acquired through foreclosure 
Marketing expense 
Other operating expenses 

2009 

2008 

2007 

  $ 

128,248  $ 
28,560 
1,386 
(464) 
— 
157,730 

140,661  $ 

23,984 
1,331 
(1,077) 
1,578 
166,477 

159,512 
24,237 
1,353 
2,007 
2,368 
189,477 

57,311 
38,561 

3,153 
4,753 
3,690 
107,468 
82,009 
5,021 
76,988 

19,750 
15,419 
2,384 
82 
2,465 
217 
2,269 
1,979 
3,601 
48,166 

43,662 
8,280 
2,662 
208 
5,616 
4,062 
22 
3,911 
13,608 
82,031 
43,123 
13,474 
29,649 
— 
29,649 

30,389 
18,306 

1,531 
1,797 
1,063 
53,086 
104,644 
47,811 
56,833 

16,881 
16,522 
4,857 
3,423 
2,162 
1,646 
917 
— 
3,833 
50,241 

39,809 
29,620 

2,397 
3,275 
2,157 
77,258 
89,219 
23,024 
66,195 

16,484 
17,229 
3,696 
139 
2,395 
148 
1,786 
— 
4,112 
45,989 

48,133 
9,664 
7,074 
7,064 
6,803 
4,743 
4,310 
3,304 
17,409 
108,504 
(1,430) 
(2,093) 
663 
2,590 
(1,927)  $ 

46,654 
8,416 
4,082 
661 
6,174 
4,216 
968 
3,920 
14,007 
89,098 
23,086 
6,950 
16,136 
— 
16,136  $ 

(0.30)  $ 
(0.30)  $ 

2.62  $ 
2.57  $ 

4.69 
4.55 

(Loss) income before taxes 
Income tax (benefit) provision 
Net income 
Dividends on preferred stock and accretion of discount 
Net (loss) income allocable to common stockholders 
Earnings per share:  

Basic 
Diluted 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

-62- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION 

Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 
Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Cash in non-owned ATMs 
Federal funds sold 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

Investment securities held-to-maturity  (fair value: 2009-$671; 2008-$1,071) 
Investment securities available-for-sale including reverse mortgages 
Mortgage-backed securities-available-for-sale 
Mortgage-backed securities-trading 
Loans held-for-sale 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $53,446 at December 31, 2009  

and $31,189 at December 31, 2008 

Bank-owned life insurance 
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, at cost 
Assets acquired through foreclosure 
Premises and equipment 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Accrued interest receivable and other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Liabilities: 
Deposits: 

Noninterest-bearing demand 
Interest-bearing demand  
Money market  
Savings 
Time 
Jumbo certificates of deposit - customer 

Total customer deposits  
Other jumbo certificates of deposit 
Brokered deposits 
Total deposits 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Trust preferred borrowings 
Other borrowed funds 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Stockholders’ Equity: 
Serial preferred stock $.01 par value, 7,500,000 shares authorized;  
   issued 52,625 at December 31, 2009 and -0- at December 31, 2008 
Common stock $.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; issued 16,660,588 
   at December 31, 2009 and 15,739,768 at December 31, 2008 
Capital in excess of par value  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Retained earnings 
Treasury stock at cost, 9,580,569 shares at December 31, 2009  
   and December 31, 2008 
Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

-63- 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2009 

2008 

55,756 
264,903 
— 
1,090 
321,749 
709 
44,808 
669,059 
12,183 
8,366 

2,470,789 
60,254 
39,305 
8,945 
36,108 
10,870 
2,781 
62,581 
3,748,507 

431,476 
265,719 
550,639 
224,921 
470,139 
203,126 
2,146,020 
69,208 
346,643 
2,561,871 

100,000 
613,144 
67,011 
74,654 
30,027 
3,446,707 

$ 

$ 

$

58,377 
189,965 
— 
216 
248,558 
1,181 
48,507 
487,389 
10,816 
2,275 

2,441,560 
59,337 
39,305 
4,471 
34,966 
11,849 
3,867 
38,479 
3,432,560 

311,322 
214,749 
326,792 
208,368 
450,056 
195,846 
1,707,133 
103,825 
311,394 
2,122,352 

75,000 
815,957 
67,011 
108,777 
26,828 
3,215,925 

1 

— 

166 
166,627 
(2,022) 
385,308 

157 
87,033 
(12,613) 
390,338 

(248,280) 
301,800 
3,748,507 

$ 

(248,280) 
216,635 
3,432,560 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Preferred
Stock 

Common
Stock 

Capital in
Excess of
Par Value  

Accumulated
Other 
Comprehensive
Loss 

Retained 
Earnings   

Treasury 
Stock 

Total 
Stockholders’
Equity 

(In Thousands) 
Balance, December 31, 2006  

  $ 

—  $ 

156 

$

81,580  $ 

 (8,573) $  347,448  $ 

 (208,552 ) 

$

212,059 

Comprehensive income: 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income (1)     

Total comprehensive income 
Cumulative effect of change in 

accounting 
principle related to the adoption 
of FIN 48 

Cash dividend, $0.38 per share 
Issuance of common stock,  

including proceeds from exercise 
of 
common stock options  

Treasury stock at cost, 564,100 

shares 

Issuance of restricted stock 
Tax liability from exercises of  

common stock options 
Balance, December 31, 2007  

Comprehensive income: 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income (1)     

Total comprehensive income 
Cash dividend, $0.46 per share 
Issuance of common stock,  

including proceeds from exercise 
of 
common stock options   
Treasury stock at cost, 73,500 

shares 

Issuance of restricted stock 
Reclassification adjustment of 
negative minority interest 
Tax benefit from exercises of  
common stock options 
Balance, December 31, 2008 

Comprehensive income: 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income (1)     
Total comprehensive income 
Cash dividend, $0.48 per share 
Issuance of common stock,  
including proceeds from 
exercise of 
common stock options   
Issuance of restricted stock 
Reclassification adjustment of 
negative minority interest 
Tax benefit from exercises of  

common stock options 

Preferred stock cash dividends 
Preferred stock discount 

accretion 

Preferred stock and common 

stock warrants issued 
Balance, December 31, 2009 

  $ 

— 
—  $ 

— 
157 

$

(2,437)
83,077  $ 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

1 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

3,704 

— 
230 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

2,391 

— 
202 

— 

  $ 

— 
—  $ 

— 
157 

$

1,363 
87,033  $ 

—   
—   

—   

—   
—   

—   

—   
—   

           —    

— 
— 

— 

9 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

25,109 
174 

— 

80 
— 

127 

— 
4,712 

29,649 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

1,988 
(2,403) 

— 

— 
— 

— 

 (3,861) $  376,682  $ 

— 
(8,752)

16,136 
— 

— 

(2,832) 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

352 

— 

 (12,613) $  390,338  $ 

— 
10,591 

663   
—   

— 

(3,078)   

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

—   
—   

(352)   

—   
(2,136)   

(127)   

—   

$385,308 

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

(36,173 ) 
—  

—  
 (244,725 ) 

$

—  
—  

—  

—  

(3,555 ) 
—  

—  

29,649 
4,712 
34,361 

1,988 
(2,403)

3,705 

(36,173)
230 

(2,437)
211,330 

16,136 
(8,752)
7,384 
(2,832)

2,391 

(3,555)
202 

352 

—  
 (248,280 ) 

1,363 
216,635 

$

—  
—  

—  

—  
—  

—  

—  
—  

—  

663 
10,591 
11,254 
(3,078)

25,118 
174 

(352)

80 
(2,136)

— 

—  
$ (248,280 ) 

54,105 
301,800 

$

              1    

  $ 

1  $

— 
166 

54,104 
$ 166,627 

$

— 
(2,022)

-64- 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Other Comprehensive Income (Loss): 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale arising during the 

period, net of taxes (2009 - $6,491; 2008 - $(5,364); 2007 - $2,855); 
Actuarial gain reclassified to periodic cost, net of income taxes (2007 - $42); 
Transition obligation reclassified to periodic cost, net of income taxes (2007 - $23); 
Reclassification for losses (gains) included in income,   
        net of taxes (2009 - $(768); 2007 - $(31)); 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income 

  $

11,845   $ 
—  
—  

 (8,752)  $
— 
— 

4,657 
68 
38 

(1,254 ) 
10,591   $ 

— 
 (8,752)  $

(51) 
4,712 

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

-65- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by  

    2009 

     2008 

        2007 

  $

663   $ 

16,136   $

29,649  

operating activities: 
Provision for loan losses 
Depreciation, accretion and amortization 
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets 
Origination of loans held-for-sale 
Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale 
Gain on mortgage banking activity 
(Income) loss on mark to market adjustment on trading securities 
Gain on sale of credit card portfolio 
Securities gain from the sale of MasterCard, Inc. and Visa, Inc. common stock 
Gain on sale of former headquarters building 
Gain on sale of investments 
Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax benefit recognized 
Excess tax (benefits) liability from share-based payment arrangements 
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities 
Loss on wind down of 1st Reverse 
Loss (gain) on sale of assets acquired through foreclosure and valuation adjustments    
Increase in value of bank-owned life insurance 
Decrease (increase) in capitalized interest, net 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities: 

Maturities of investment securities 
Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale 
Sales of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale 
Repayments of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale 
Purchases of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale 
Repayments on reverse mortgages 
Disbursements for reverse mortgages 
Purchase of 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC 
Acquisition of branches 
Sales of loans 
Purchase of Cypress Capital Management, LLC 
Purchase of ATM vault cash business 
Purchases of loans 
Net increase in loans 
Net decrease (increase) in stock of Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh 
Sale of assets acquired through foreclosure, net 
Sale of credit card portfolio 
Proceeds from the sale of MasterCard, Inc. and Visa, Inc. common stock 
Sale of former headquarters building 
Deferred gain on sale of partnership interest 
Investment in real estate partnership 
Investment in premises and equipment, net 

Net cash used for investing activities 

47,811  
6,953  
(31,217 ) 
(115,196 ) 
110,731  
(1,646 ) 
(1,368 ) 
—  
(119 ) 
—  
(2,022 ) 
874  
(80 ) 
3,188  
1,857  
1,905  
(917 ) 
464  
21,881  

22,591  
(19,070 ) 
111,214  
151,571  
(424,813 ) 
207  
(202 ) 
—  
—  
22,270  
—  
—  
—  
(109,261 ) 
—  
3,274  
—  
119  
—  
—  
—  
(6,776 ) 
(248,876 ) 

23,024  
6,218  
(94 ) 
(31,358 ) 
31,648  
(148 ) 
1,616  
—  
(1,755 ) 
—  
—  
730  
(1,363 ) 
1,693  
—  
816  
(1,786 ) 
1,009  
46,386  

14,440  
(37,298 ) 
—  
77,856  
(95,195 ) 
1,248  
(227 ) 
(2,442 ) 
(11,505 ) 
—  
—  
—  
(3,190 ) 
(236,674 ) 
6,232  
1,674  
—  
1,755  
—  
—  
—  
(4,989 ) 
(288,315 ) 

5,021  
4,930  
1,142  
(27,160 ) 
25,362  
(217 ) 
—  
(882 ) 
—  
(1,093 ) 
(82 ) 
1,222  
2,437  
(3,328 ) 
—  
(20 ) 
(2,269 ) 
(2,007 ) 
32,705  

41,893  
(13,986 ) 
2,690  
77,328  
(52,507 ) 
3,532  
(2,964 ) 
—  
—  
909  
(240 ) 
(440 ) 
(2,656 ) 
(221,179 ) 
(5,665 ) 
120  
6,295  
—  
2,436  
1,335  
1,172  
(9,181 ) 
(171,108 ) 

(Continued on next page) 

-66- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (continued) 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Financing activities: 

Net increase in demand and saving deposits 
Net increase in time deposits 
Receipts from federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to 

$

repurchase 

Repayments of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to 
repurchase 
Receipts of FHLB advances 
Repayments of FHLB advances 
Proceeds from issuance of unsecured bank debt 
Dividends paid  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock 
Issuance of common stock and exercise of common stock options 
Excess tax benefit (liability) from share-based payment arrangements 
Purchase of treasury stock, net of re-issuance 
Decrease in minority interest 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information: 

Cash paid in interest during the year  
Cash paid for income taxes, net 
Loans transferred to assets acquired through foreclosure 
Net change in accumulated other comprehensive income 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

$

$

2009 

2008 

2007 

347,401   $ 
27,126  

112,850   $
195,584  

82,363  
4,256  

18,922,995  

  12,853,000  

12,709,000  

(18,897,995 ) 
30,481,564  
(30,684,378 ) 
30,000  
(5,214 ) 
52,625  
25,982  
80  
—  
—  
300,186  
73,191  
248,558  
321,749   $ 

  (12,853,000 ) 
  82,778,987  
  (82,861,310 ) 
—  
(2,832 ) 
—  
1,863  
1,363  
(3,555 ) 
—  
222,950  
(18,979 ) 
267,537  
248,558   $

(12,707,400 ) 
31,427,417  
(31,313,165 ) 
—  
(2,404 ) 
—  
2,713  
(2,437 ) 
(36,173 ) 
(54 ) 
164,116  
25,713  
241,824  
267,537  

55,640   $ 
2,593  
9,143  
10,591  

80,654   $
10,521  
6,186  
(8,752 ) 

105,969  
18,056  
415  
4,712  

-67- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

WSFS  Financial  Corporation  (“the  Company,”  “our  Company,”  “WSFS”,  “we,”  “our”  or  “us”)  is  a 
savings  and  loan  holding  company  organized  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware.  Our  principal  wholly-
owned subsidiary, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (“WSFS Bank” or the “Bank”), is a federal savings 
bank organized under the laws of the United States which, at December 31, 2009, serves customers from our 41 
banking offices located in Delaware (36), Pennsylvania (4), and Virginia (1). 

In  preparing  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  management  is  required  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. The material estimates 
that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near term relate to the allowance for loan losses for 
impaired  loans  and  the  remainder  of  the  loan  portfolios,  investment  in  reverse  mortgages,  contingencies 
(including indemnifications), goodwill and income taxes. 

Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in 
the  future,  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  in  2010,  actual  conditions  could  be  worse  than  anticipated  in  those 
estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Amounts subject to 
significant  estimates  are  items  such  as  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  lending  related  commitments, 
goodwill  and intangible  assets, post-retirement  obligations, the  fair value  of  financial instruments  and  other-
than-temporary  impairments.  Among  other  effects,  such  changes  could  result  in  future  impairments  of 
investment  securities,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  and  establishment  of  allowances  for  loan  losses  and 
lending related commitments as well as increased post-retirement expense. 

Basis of Presentation 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the parent company, Montchanin Capital 
Management, Inc. (Montchanin) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (Cypress), 
WSFS  Bank  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  WSFS  Investment  Group,  Inc.  (“WIG”).  WIG  markets  various 
third-party insurance and securities products to Bank customers through WSFS’  retail banking system.  During 
2009,  WSFS  Bank  also  owned  a  majority  interest  in  1st  Reverse  Financial  Services,  LLC  (1st  Reverse), 
specializing in reverse  mortgage lending however operations were wound-down during the 4th quarter of 2009 
due, in part, to the current economic climate. Montchanin was formed to provide asset management products and 
services. In 2007, Montchanin increased its ownership in Cypress, a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm 
servicing high net-worth individuals and institutions to100%. 

WSFS Capital Trust III (“the Trust”) is an unconsolidated subsidiary of ours, and was formed in 2005 to 
issue  $67.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Pooled Floating  Rate  Capital  Securities.  The  proceeds  from 
this issue were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate WSFS Capital Trust I Preferred 
Securities (formerly WSFS Capital Trust I). The Trust invested all of the proceeds from the sale of the Pooled 
Floating Rate Capital Securities in Junior Subordinated Debentures of the Company. 

Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  the  prior  years’  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  to 
conform  them  to  the  current  year’s  presentation.  All  significant  intercompany  transactions  are  eliminated  in 
consolidation.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, cash in non-owned ATMs, 

cash due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.  

- 68 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt and Equity Securities 

Investments  in  equity  securities  that  have  a  readily  determinable  fair  value  and  investments  in  debt 

securities are classified into three categories and accounted for as follows: 

o  Debt  securities  with  the  positive  intention  to  hold  to  maturity  are  classified  as  “held-to-

maturity” and reported at amortized cost.  

o  Debt  and  equity  securities  purchased  with  the  intention  of  selling  them  in  the  near  future  are 
classified as “trading securities” and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses 
included in earnings. 

o  Debt and equity securities not classified in either of the above are classified as “available-for-
sale  securities”  and  reported  at  fair  value,  with  unrealized  gains  and  losses  excluded  from 
earnings and reported, net of tax, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. 

Debt and equity securities include mortgage-backed securities, municipal bonds, U.S. Government and 
agency  securities  and  certain  equity  securities.  Premiums  and  discounts  on  debt  and  equity  securities,  held-to-
maturity and available-for-sale, are recognized in interest income using a level yield method over the period to 
expected  maturity.  The  fair  value  of  debt  and  equity  securities  is  primarily  obtained  from  third-party  pricing 
services. Implicit in the valuation are estimated prepayments based on historical and current market conditions. 

When we conclude an investment security is other-than-temporarily impaired (“OTTI”), a loss for the 
difference between the investment security’s carrying value and the fair value is recognized as a reduction to 
non-interest income in the consolidated statement of operations. For an investment in a debt security, if we do 
not intend to sell the investment security and conclude that it is not more likely than not we will be required to 
sell the  security  before  recovering the  carrying  value, which  may  be  maturity,  the  OTTI  charge  is  separated 
into  the  “credit”  and  “other”  components.  The  “other”  component  of  the  OTTI  is  included  in  other 
comprehensive loss, net of the tax effect, and the “credit” component of the OTTI is included as a reduction to 
non-interest income in the consolidated statement of operations. Management is required to use its judgment to 
determine impairment in certain circumstances. The specific identification method is used to determine realized 
gains and losses on sales of investment and mortgage-backed securities. All sales are made without recourse. 

Investment in Reverse Mortgages 

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages in accordance with the instructions provided by 
the  staff  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC)  entitled  “Accounting  for  Pools  of  Uninsured 
Residential  Reverse  Mortgage  Contracts,”  which  requires  grouping  the  individual  reverse  mortgages  into 
“pools” and recognizing income based on the estimated effective yield of the pool. In computing the effective 
yield,  we  must  project  the  cash  inflows  and  outflows  of  the  pool  including  actuarial  projections  of  the  life 
expectancy  of  the  individual  contract  holder  and  changes  in  the  collateral  value  of  the  residence.  At  each 
reporting  date,  a  new  economic  forecast  is  made  of  the  cash  inflows  and  outflows  of  each  pool  of  reverse 
mortgages;  the  effective  yield  of  each  pool  is  recomputed,  and  income  is  adjusted  retroactively  and 
prospectively to reflect the revised rate of return. Because of this highly specialized accounting, the recorded 
value  of  reverse  mortgage  assets  can  result  in  significant  volatility  associated  with  estimations.  As  a  result, 
income recognition can vary significantly from reporting period to reporting period. During 2009, we recorded 
a  $464,000  charge  (taken  through  interest  income)  related  to  our  second-lien  interest  in  the  18  whole-loan 
reverse mortgage. 

During  2009  we  recorded  income  of  $1.4  million  related  to  the  mark-to-market  adjustment  on  the 
$12.4 million par value BBB+ rated mortgage-backed security (MBS) issued in connection with a 2002 reverse 
mortgage securitization.   

- 69 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans 

Loans  are  stated  net  of  deferred  fees  and  costs  and  unearned  discounts.    Interest  income  on  loans  is 
recognized using the level yield method.  Loan origination and commitment fees and direct loan origination costs 
are  deferred  and  recognized  over  the  life  of  the  related  loans  using  a  level  yield  method  over  the  period  to 
maturity. 

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be 
unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are 
measured based on the present value of expected future discounted cash flows, the market price of the loan or the 
fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Impaired loans include loans within our 
commercial, commercial mortgage, commercial construction, residential mortgages and consumer portfolios. Our 
policy for recognition of interest income on impaired loans is the same as for nonaccrual loans discussed below. 

Nonaccrual Loans 

Nonaccrual loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual 
status  immediately  if,  in  the  opinion  of  management,  collection  is  doubtful,  or  when  principal  or  interest  is 
contractually  past  due  90  days  or  more.  Interest  accrued  but  not  collected  at  the  date  a  loan  is  placed  on 
nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred 
loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to 
the  outstanding  principal  or  recorded  as  interest  income,  depending  on  management’s  assessment  of  ultimate 
collectability of principal and interest. Loans are returned to an accrual status when the borrower’s ability to make 
periodic principal and interest payments has returned to normal (i.e.: brought current with respect to principal or 
interest or restructured) and the paying capacity of the borrower or the underlying collateral is deemed sufficient 
to cover principal and interest in accordance with our previously established loan-to-value policies.  

Allowances for Loan Losses 

We maintain allowances for credit losses and charge losses to these allowances when such losses are 
realized.  The  determination  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  requires  significant  judgment  reflecting 
management’s best estimate of probable losses related to specifically identified loans as well as probable losses 
in the remaining loan portfolio. Management’s evaluation is based upon a review of these portfolios. 

Management establishes the loan loss allowance in accordance with guidance provided by the Securities 
and  Exchange  Commission’s  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  102  (SAB  102).  Its  methodology  for  assessing  the 
appropriateness  of  the  allowance  consists  of  several  key  elements  which  include:  specific  allowances  for 
identified problem loans, formula allowances for commercial and commercial real estate loans, and allowances 
for pooled, homogenous loans.  Troubled debt restructurings are measured at the present value of estimated future 
cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. 

Specific reserves are established for certain loans in cases where management has identified significant 
conditions or circumstances related to a specific credit that management believes indicate the probability that a 
loss has been incurred.  

The  formula  allowances  for  commercial  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  calculated  by  applying 
estimated loss factors to outstanding loans based on the internal risk grade of loans. For low risk commercial and 
commercial real estate loans the portfolio is pooled, based on internal risk grade, and estimates are based on a ten-
year net charge-off history adjusted to reflect current estimates of loss. Higher risk and criticized loans have loss 
factors  that  are  derived  from  an  analysis  of  both  the  probability  of  default  and  the  probability  of  loss  should 
default occur. Loss adjustment factors are applied based on criteria discussed below. As a result, changes in risk 
grades of both performing and nonperforming loans affect the amount of the formula allowance.  

- 70 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pooled loans are loans that are usually smaller, not-individually-graded and homogeneous in nature, such 
as consumer installment loans and residential mortgages. Loan loss allowances for pooled loans are based on a 
ten-year  net  charge-off  history  adjusted  to  reflect  current  estimates  of  loss.  The  average  loss  allowance  per 
homogeneous  pool  is  based  on  the  product’s  average  annual  historical  loss  rate  and  the  average  estimated 
duration  of  the  pool  multiplied  by  the  pool  balances.  These  separate  risk  pools  are  assigned  a  reserve  for  loss 
based upon this historical loss information and loss adjustment factors.  

Historical loss adjustment factors are based upon management’s evaluation of various current conditions, 

including those listed below: 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

General economic and business conditions affecting WSFS’ key lending areas,  
Credit quality trends, 
Recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, 
Collateral values and loan-to-value ratios, 
Loan volumes and concentrations, including changes in mix, 
Seasoning of the loan portfolio, 
Specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, 
Bank regulatory examination results, and 
Other  factors,  including  changes  in  quality  of  the  loan  origination,  servicing  and  risk 
management processes. 

Our loan officers and risk managers meet at least quarterly to discuss and review these conditions, and 
also risks associated with individual problem loans. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part 
of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for such losses. We also give consideration to 
the results of these regulatory agency examinations.  

During  2008,  the  provision  for  loan  losses  was  affected  by  changes  in  estimates  used  in  the 
calculation. These changes included additional reserves reflecting the effects of updated loss rate expectations 
on our loan portfolio. These changes resulted in an increase to the provision for loan losses of $2.8 million or 
$0.29 per share. 

During 2009, we recorded a $47.8 million provision for loan losses, which was a result of many factors 
including increased charge-offs, continued migration in loans to lower credit grades, continued deterioration of 
collateral values and an increase in estimated disposition costs. 

Increases in the allowance for loan losses in both 2009 and 2008 were also due to rising trends in our 
past  due  and  nonperforming  loans  (as  discussed  in  the  earlier  nonperforming  assets  section)  and  rising 
unemployment  rates.   This  increase  in  non-performing  loans  is  a  direct  result  of  the  weak  economic 
environment, impacting numerous borrowers’ ability to pay as scheduled.  This has resulted in increased loan 
delinquencies,  and  in  some  cases  decreases  in  the  collateral  value  used  to  secure  real  estate  loans  and  the 
ability  to  sell  the  collateral  upon  foreclosure.   Collateral  value  is  assessed  based  on  collateral  value  trends, 
liquidation  value  trends,  and  other  liquidation  expenses  to  determine  appropriate  discounts  that  may  be 
needed.  In response to this deterioration in real estate loan quality, management is aggressively monitoring its 
classified loans and is continuing to monitor credits with material weaknesses. 

As a result of continued economic deterioration, a detailed review and analysis of our commercial loan 
portfolio  was  completed  during  the  year.    This  included  a  review  of  every  commercial  loan  commitment 
greater  than  $1  million,  regardless  of  risk  rating.  This  represented  74%  of  our  commercial  portfolio.    The 
review  considered  cash  flows  from  the  business  or  project,  appropriately  conservative  real  estate  values,  a 
careful view of guarantor support, and the direction of the economy.   

Our  real  estate  portfolio  has  approximately  $524.4  million  of  commercial  real  estate  loans,  $231.6 
million  of  construction  loans,  $357.3  million  in  first  lien  mortgage  loans  (only  $15.5  million  of  which  are 

- 71 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
considered subprime loans), and $284.3 million in home equity loans and lines as of December 31, 2009.  We 
do not have any option ARM products in our portfolio.  We consider our construction loans our riskiest loans 
within our real estate portfolio.  Construction loans are typically comprised of loans to borrowers for real estate 
to be developed.  Normally, these loans are repaid with the proceeds from the sale or lease of the developed 
property.   The  greater  degree  of  strain on  these  real  estate types  of loans and  the significance  to  our  overall 
loan  portfolio  has  caused  us  to  apply  a  greater  degree  of  scrutiny  in  analyzing  the  ultimate  collectability  of 
amounts  due.   A  number  of  these  borrowers  are  having  financial  difficulties  that  may  affect  their  ability  to 
repay their loans.   

Assets Held-for-Sale 

Assets  held-for-sale  includes  loans  held-for-sale  and  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  of  the 

aggregate or, in some cases, individual assets.  

Assets Acquired Through Foreclosure 

Assets acquired through foreclosure are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loans or 
fair  value  less  estimated  disposal  costs.  Costs  subsequently  incurred  to  improve  the  assets  are  included  in  the 
carrying value provided that the resultant carrying value does not exceed fair value less estimated disposal costs. 
Costs relating to holding the assets are charged to expense in the current period. We write-down the value of the 
assets when declines in fair value below the carrying value are identified. Net costs of assets acquired through 
foreclosure  include  costs  of  holding  and  operating  the  assets,  net  gains  or  losses  on  sales  of  the  assets  and 
provisions for losses to reduce such assets to fair value less estimated disposal costs. During 2009, we booked 
$4.1 million in additional write-downs of values of assets acquired through foreclosure (REO). 

Premises and Equipment 

Premises and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Costs of major 
replacements, improvements and additions are capitalized. Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, for leasehold improvements, over the effective life of the 
related lease if less than the estimated useful life. In general, computer equipment, furniture and equipment and 
building renovations are depreciated over three, five and ten years, respectively.  

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 

We  enter  into  sales  of  securities  under  agreements  to  repurchase.  Reverse  repurchase  agreements  are 
treated as financings, with the obligation to repurchase securities sold reflected as a liability in the Consolidated 
Statement  of  Condition.  The  securities  underlying  the  agreements  are  assets.  Generally,  federal  funds  are 
purchased for periods ranging up to 90 days. 

Loss Contingency for Standby Letters of Credit 

We maintain a loss contingency for standby letters of credit and charge losses to this contingency when 
such  losses  are  realized.  The  determination  of  the  loss  contingency  for  standby  letters  of  credit  requires 
significant judgment reflecting management’s best estimate of probable losses related to standby letters of credit.  
During 2009 we increased these reserves by $532,000. 

Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes currently payable and those 
deferred  because  of  temporary  differences  between  the  financial  statement  basis  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and 
liabilities. 

- 72 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  account  for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with  Financial  Accounting  Standard  Board    (“FASB”) 
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes and FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for 
Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,  an  interpretation  of  FASB  Statement 109).  ASC  740  prescribes  a  recognition 
threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions 
taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return.  Benefits  from  tax  positions  are  recognized  in  the  financial 
statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the 
appropriate  taxing  authority  that  would  have  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information.  A  tax  position  that 
meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater 
than  50%  likely  of  being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement.  Tax  positions  that  previously  failed  to  meet  the 
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in 
which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not 
recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold 
is no longer met. ASC 740 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax 
benefits, interest and penalties. ASC 740 became effective for us on January 1, 2007, and resulted in a $2.0 
million increase to our retained earnings on that date. 

Earnings Per Share 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:  

2007 
2008 
2009 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share 
Data) 

Numerator: 

Net (loss) income allocable to common shareholders  

  $

(1,927 ) $ 

16,136   $ 

29,649  

Denominator: 

Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted average shares  
Effect of dilutive employee stock options 
Denominator for diluted earnings per share - adjusted weighted average 

shares and assumed exercise 

6,429  
(cid:2)  

6,158  
 132  

6,316  
 194  

6,429  

 6,290  

 6,510  

Earnings per share: 

Basic: 

Net (loss) income allocable to common shareholders 

  $

(0.30 ) $ 

2.62   $ 

4.69  

Diluted: 

Net (loss) income allocable to common shareholders 

  $

(0.30 ) $ 

2.57   $ 

4.55  

Outstanding common stock equivalents having no dilutive effect 

939  

371  

194  

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  939,000  employee  stock  options  were  excluded  from  the 
computation  of  diluted  net  loss  per  common  share,  of  which  59,000 were  because  the  effect  would  have been 
antidilutive due to the net loss reported in this period. 

Fair Value of Financial Assets 

Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 820-10 (Formerly SFAS No. 157, 
Fair Value Measurements and Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position (FSP) No. 157-2, Effective 
Date of FASB Statement No. 157), for nonfinancial assets and financial liabilities. This adoption did not have a 
material impact on our financial statements. 

- 73 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASC 820-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a 
liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.  ASC  820-10 
establishes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  use  of  inputs  used  in  valuation  methodologies  into  the 
following three levels: 

Level 1: 

Level 2: 

Level 3: 

Inputs  to  the  valuation  methodology  are  quoted  prices,  unadjusted,  for  identical
assets or liabilities in active markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the
most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever
available. 

Inputs  to  the  valuation  methodology  include  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or 
liabilities  in  active  markets;  inputs  to  the  valuation  methodology  include  quoted
prices  for  identical  or  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in  markets  that  are  not  active;  or
inputs  to  the  valuation  methodology  that  are  derived  principally  from  or  can  be 
corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. 

Inputs  to  the  valuation  methodology  are  unobservable  and  significant  to  the  fair
value  measurement.  Level  3  assets  and  liabilities  include  financial  instruments
whose  value  is  determined  using  discounted  cash  flow  methodologies,  as  well  as
instruments  for  which  the  determination  of  fair  value  requires  significant
management judgment or estimation. 

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as 
the  general  classification  of  such  instruments  pursuant  to  the  valuation  hierarchy,  is  set  forth  below.  These 
valuation  methodologies  were  applied  to  all  of  our  financial  assets  carried  at  fair  value  effective  January  1, 
2008. The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2009 (there 
are no material liabilities measured at fair value): 

Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
  Markets for  
Identical 
Asset 
(Level 1) 

  Significant

Other 

  Observable

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

  Significant 
  Unobservable   
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Total 
  Fair Value  

Description 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring 

Basis 

Available-for-sale securities including reverse 

(in Thousands) 

mortgages 

Trading Securities 

  $ 

—  $ 
— 

714,397  $ 
— 

(530)  $ 

12,183 

713,867 
12,183 

Total assets measured at fair value on a 

recurring basis 

  $ 

—  $ 

714,397  $ 

11,653  $ 

726,050 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a 

Nonrecurring Basis 

Impaired Loans 
Total assets measured at fair value on a 

nonrecurring basis 

  $ 

  $ 

—  $ 

61,375  $ 

—  $ 

61,375 

—  $ 

61,375  $ 

—  $ 

61,375 

- 74 - 

 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2008 (there 

were no material liabilities measured at fair value): 

Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
  Markets for  
Identical 
Asset 
(Level 1) 

  Significant

Other 

  Observable

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

  Significant 
  Unobservable   
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Total 
  Fair Value  

Description 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring 

Basis 

Available-for-sale securities including reverse 

(in Thousands) 

mortgages 

Trading Securities 

  $ 

—  $ 
— 

535,957  $ 
— 

(61)  $ 

10,816 

535,896 
10,816 

Total assets measured at fair value on a 

recurring basis 

  $ 

—  $ 

535,957  $ 

10,755  $ 

546,712 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a 

Nonrecurring Basis 

Impaired Loans 
Total assets measured at fair value on a 

nonrecurring basis 

  $ 

  $ 

—  $ 

22,840  $ 

—  $ 

22,840 

—  $ 

22,840  $ 

—  $ 

22,840 

Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not 
available,  fair  value  is  based  upon  internally  developed  models  or  obtained  from  third  parties  that  primarily 
use,  as  inputs,  observable  market-based  parameters.  Valuation  adjustments  may  be  made  to  ensure  that 
financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include unobservable parameters. Any 
such  valuation  adjustments  have  been  applied  consistently  over  time.  Our  valuation  methodologies  may 
produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair 
values.  While  we  believe  our  valuation  methodologies  are  appropriate  and  consistent  with  other  market 
participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial 
instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. 

Available for sale securities. As of December 31, 2009, securities classified as available for sale are 
reported  at  fair  value  using  Level  2  inputs. Included  in  the  Level  2  total  are  approximately  $41.3  million  in 
Federal  Agency  debentures,  $240.2 million  in  Federal  Agency  MBS,  $424.8 million  of Private  Label MBS, 
and $3.7 million in municipal bonds. Agency and MBS securities are predominately AAA-rated. We believe 
that  this Level  2  designation is  appropriate  for  these  securities  under  ASC  820-10  as,  with  almost  all  fixed 
income  securities,  none  are  exchange  traded,  and  all  are  priced  by  correlation  to  observed  market  data.  For 
these  securities  we  obtain  fair  value  measurements  from  an  independent  pricing  service.  The  fair  value 
measurements  consider  observable  data  that  may  include  dealer  quotes,  market  spreads,  cash  flows,  U.S. 
government and agency yield curves, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment 
speeds, credit information, and the security’s terms and conditions, among other factors. 

Securities  classified  as  available  for  sale  as  of  December  31,  2008  were  also  reported  at  fair  value 
using  Level  2  inputs. Included  under  the  Level  2  designation  was  approximately  $44.6  million  in  Federal 
Agency  debentures,  $194.7 million  in  Federal  Agency  MBS,  $292.7 million  of Private  Label MBS,  and 
$3.9 million in municipal bonds.  Agency and MBS securities were predominately AAA-rated and designated 

- 75 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level  2  pursuant  to  ASC  820-10.    As  discussed  above,  almost  all  were  fixed  income  securities,  none  were 
exchange traded, and all were priced by correlation to observed market data. 

Trading securities. The amount included in the trading securities category represents the fair value of 
a  BBB-rated  traunche  of  a  reverse  mortgage  security.  There  has  never  been  an  active  market  for  these 
securities. As such, we classify these trading securities as Level 3 under ASC 820-10. As prescribed by ASC 
820-10, management used various observable and unobservable inputs to develop a range of likely fair value 
prices  where  this  security  would  be  exchanged  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the 
measurement  date.  The  unobservable  inputs  reflect  management’s  assumptions  about  the  assumptions  that 
market participants would use in pricing this asset. Included in these inputs were the median of a selection of 
other BBB-rated securities as well as quoted market prices from higher rated traunches of this asset class. As a 
result, the value assigned to this security is determined primarily through a discounted cash flow analysis.  All 
of these assumptions require a significant degree of management judgment.  

Reverse Mortgages available-for-sale. The amount of our investment in reverse mortgages represents 
the  estimated  value  of  future  cash  flows  of  the  reverse  mortgages  at  a  rate  deemed  appropriate  for  these 
mortgages,  based  on  the  market  rate  for  similar  collateral.  The  projected  cash  flows  depend  on  assumptions 
about  life  expectancy  of  the  mortgagee  and  the  future  changes  in  collateral  values.  Due  to  the  significant 
amount of management judgment and the unobservable input calculations, these reverse mortgages have been 
classified as Level 3. 

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are summarized as follows: 

Trading 
Securities 

Available- 
For-Sale 
Securities 
Including 
Reverse 
Mortgages 
(in Thousands) 

Total 

Balance at December 31, 2007 
Total net income (losses) for the period included in net 
income 
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net 
Balance at December 31, 2008 
Total net income (losses) for the period included in net 
income 
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net 
Balance at December 31, 2009 

$

$

$

12,364
(1,548 ) 

—
10,816
1,367

—
12,183

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,037  
(1,077 ) 

(1,021 ) 
(61 ) 
(464 ) 

$ 14,401
(2,625 )

(1,021 )

$ 10,755
903

(5 ) 
(530 ) 

(5 )
$ 11,653

Impaired  loans.  Impaired  loans,  which  are  measured  for  impairment  using  the  fair  value  of  the 
collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a gross amount of $73.2 million and $22.8 million at December 
31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The valuation allowance on impaired loans was $11.8 million as of December 
31, 2009 and $395,000 as of December 31, 2008. 

- 76 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2. INVESTMENT SECURITIES 

The following tables detail the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of the Company’s investment 

securities: 

Amortized   
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

(In Thousands) 

Fair 
Value 

Available-for-sale securities: 

December 31, 2009: 

Reverse mortgages (1) 
U.S. Government and agencies 
State and political subdivisions 

December 31, 2008: 

Reverse mortgages (1) 
U.S. Government and agencies 
State and political subdivisions 

Held-to-maturity: 

December 31, 2009: 

State and political subdivisions 

December 31, 2008: 

State and political subdivisions 

$

$

$

$

$
$

$
$

(530)  $ 

40,695 
3,935 
44,100  $ 

 (61)  $ 

 43,778 
 4,020 
47,737  $ 

—  $ 
652 
91 
743  $ 

—  $ 

 857 
 — 
857  $ 

—   $ 
(35 ) 
—  
(35 )  $ 

(530) 
41,312 
4,026 
44,808 

—   $ 
(1 ) 
(86 ) 
 (87 )  $ 

 (61) 
 44,634 
3,934  
48,507 

709  $ 
709  $ 

1,181  $ 
1,181  $ 

—  $ 
—  $ 

—  $ 
—  $ 

(38 )  $ 
(38 )  $ 

671 
671 

 (110 )  $ 
 (110 )  $ 

1,071 
1,071 

(1) See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of Reverse Mortgages.  

Securities with book values aggregating $39.5 million at December 31, 2009 were specifically pledged as 
collateral  for  WSFS’  Treasury  Tax  and  Loan  account  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank,  securities  sold  under 
agreement  to  repurchase  and  certain  letters  of  credit  and  municipal  deposits  which  require  collateral.  Accrued 
interest receivable relating to investment securities was $352,000 and $409,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, 
respectively.  

- 77 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  scheduled  maturities  of  investment  securities  held-to-maturity  and  securities  available-for-sale  at 

December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:  

2009 
Within one year (1) 
After one year but within five years 
After five years but within ten years 
After ten years 

2008 
Within one year (1) 
After one year but within five years 
After five years but within ten years 
After ten years 

Held-to-Maturity 

Available-for Sale 

  Amortized   
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

  Amortized   
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

(In Thousands) 

  $

  $

  $

  $

340  $
— 
— 
369 
709  $

—  $
630 
— 
 551 
1,181  $

340  $
— 
— 
331 
671  $

—  $

 630 
— 
 441 
1,071  $

10,864  $ 
32,986 
250 
— 
44,100  $ 

3,940   $ 
42,522 
1,275 
 — 
47,737  $ 

11,068 
33,485 
255 
— 
44,808 

4,054 
 43,220 
1,233  
 — 
48,507 

(1) Reverse mortgages do not have contractual maturities. We have included reverse mortgages in maturities within one year. 

There were no sales of investment securities classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity during 
2009, 2008, or 2007. As a result, there were no net gains/losses realized during 2009, 2008, or 2007. The cost 
basis for investment security sales is based on the specific identification method. Investment securities totaling 
$18.6 million were called by their issuers during 2009.  

At December 31, 2009, we owned investment securities totaling $3.2 million where the amortized cost 
basis exceeded fair value. Total unrealized losses on those securities were $73,000 at December 31, 2009. This 
temporary  impairment  is  the  result  of  changes  in  market  interest  rates  subsequent  to  the  purchase  of  the 
securities. Securities amounting to $242,000 have been impaired for 12 months or longer. We have determined 
that  these  securities  are  not  other  than  temporarily  impaired.  The  following  table  includes  unrealized  losses 
aggregated by category as of December 31, 2009: 

Held-to-maturity 
State and political subdivisions 

Available-for-sale 
State and political subdivisions 
U.S Government and agencies 

Less than 12 months 

12 months or longer 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized   
Loss 

Fair 
  Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

(In Thousands) 

  $

—  $ 

—  $

242  $ 

38  $ 

242  $ 

38 

— 
2,985 

— 
35 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
2,985 

— 
35 

73 

Total temporarily impaired investments 

  $

2,985  $ 

35  $

242  $ 

38  $ 

3,227  $ 

- 78 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table includes unrealized losses aggregated by category as of December 31, 2008: 

Held-to-maturity 
State and political subdivisions 

Available-for-sale 
State and political subdivisions 
U.S Government and agencies 

Less than 12 months 

12 months or longer 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized   
Loss 

Fair 
  Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

(In Thousands) 

  $

92  $ 

—  $

265  $ 

110  $ 

357  $ 

110 

3,934 
2,053 

86 
1 

— 
— 

— 
— 

3,934 
2,053 

86 
1 

Total temporarily impaired investments 

  $

6,079  $ 

87  $

265  $ 

110  $ 

6,344  $ 

197 

3. MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES 

The following tables detail the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of the Company’s mortgage-

backed securities: 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

(In Thousands) 

Fair 
Value 

Available-for-sale securities: 

December 31, 2009: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations (1) 

$ 

      FNMA 
      FHLMC 
     GNMA 

$ 

Weighted average yield 

December 31, 2008: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations (1) 

$ 

      FNMA 
      FHLMC 
     GNMA 

$ 

Weighted average yield 

(1) Includes Agency CMO’s classified as available-for-sale. 

519,527   $ 

61,603  
44,536  
46,629  
672,295   $ 

5.00 %

419,177   $ 
35,578  
 30,477  
 22,536  
507,768   $ 

4.97 %

5,368   $ 
813  
561  
1,129  
7,871   $ 

(10,383 )  $ 
(454 ) 
(83 ) 
(187 ) 
(11,107 )  $ 

514,512  
61,962  
45,014  
47,571  
669,059  

2,595   $ 
 932  
 830  
 992  
5,349   $ 

(25,728 )  $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
(25,728 )  $ 

396,044  
36,510  
 31,307  
 23,528  
487,389  

- 79 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Trading securities: 

December 31, 2009: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Weighted average yield 

December 31, 2008: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

12,183   $ 
12,183   $ 

 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 —   $ 
 —   $ 

12,183  
12,183  

3.74 %

10,816   $ 
10,816   $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 

 —   $ 
—   $ 

10,816  
10,816  

Weighted average yield 

6.02 %

The  portfolio  of  available-for-sale  mortgage-backed  securities  consists  of  both  Agency  and  non-Agency 
bonds.  All  bonds  (except  the  BBB+  rated  trading  securities)  were  AAA-rated  at  the  time  of  purchase;  $97.6 
million are now rated below AAA-. Downgraded bonds were evaluated at December 31, 2009. The result of this 
evaluation shows only one bond with other-than-temporary impairment as of December 31, 2009, which resulted 
in an earnings charge of $86,000 or 9 basis points of downgraded bonds and only 1 basis point of the total MBS 
portfolio. The weighted average duration of the mortgage-backed securities was 2.4 years at December 31, 2009. 

At December 31, 2009, mortgage-backed securities with market values aggregating $250.3 million were 
pledged  as  collateral  for  customer  repurchase  agreements  and  municipal  deposits.  Accrued  interest  receivable 
relating to mortgage-backed securities was $2.8 million and $2.1 million at both December 31, 2009 and 2008, 
respectively.  From  time  to  time,  mortgage-backed  securities  are  pledged  as  collateral  for  Federal  Home  Loan 
Bank (FHLB) borrowings. The fair value of these pledged mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2009 and 
2008 was $122.7  million and $16.0 million, respectively. In 2009, proceeds from the sale of  mortgage-backed 
securities  available-for-sale  were  $111.2  million,  resulting  in  a  gain  of  $2.0  million.  There  were  no  sales  of 
mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale in 2008. The cost basis of all mortgage-backed sales is based on the 
specific identification method. 

We  own  $12.4  million  par  value  of  SASCO  RM-1  2002  securities  which  are  classified  as  trading,  of 
which, $1.4 million is accrued interest paid in kind. Based on FASB ASC 320, Investments – Debt and Equity 
Securities  (“ASC  320”)  (Formerly  SFAS  No.  115,  Accounting  for  Certain  Investments  in  Debt  and  Equity 
Securities) when these securities were acquired they were classified as trading. It was our intent to sell them in 
the near term. We have used the guidance under ASC 320 to provide a reasonable estimate of fair value in 2009. 
We estimated the value of these securities as of December 31, 2009 based on the pricing of BBB+ securities that 
have an active market through a technique which estimates the fair value of this asset using the income approach. 
As a result of these mark-to-market adjustments, we recognized $1.4 million of securities gains and $1.6 million 
of  securities  losses  during  2009  and  2008,  respectively.  There  was  no  mark-to-market  adjustments  recorded 
during 2007. 

At  December  31,  2009,  we  owned  mortgage-backed  securities  totaling  $298.7  million  where  the 
amortized  cost  basis  exceeded  fair  value.  Total  unrealized  losses  on  these  securities  were  $11.1  million  at 
December  31,  2009.  This  temporary  impairment  is  the  result  of  changes  in  market  interest  rates,  a  lack  of 
liquidity in the private-label mortgage-backed securities market and the reduction in credit ratings of 28 bonds out 
of 175 private-label bonds we own. Most of these securities have been impaired for less than twelve months. We 
have  determined  that  all  except  one  of  these  securities  are  not  other-than-temporarily  impaired.  Quarterly,  we 
evaluate the current characteristics of each of our mortgage-backed securities such as delinquency and foreclosure 
levels, credit enhancement, projected losses and coverage. In addition, we do not have the intent to sell, nor is it 
more likely than not we will be required to sell these securities before we are able to recover the amortized cost 
basis.   

- 80 - 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below shows our mortgage-backed securities’ gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment 
category  and  length  of  time  that  individual  securities  have  been  in  a  continuous  unrealized  loss  position  at 
December 31,  2009.    We  have  reviewed  individual  securities  to  determine  whether  a  decline  in  fair  value 
below the amortized cost basis is other-than-temporary. 

Available-for-sale 

CMO 
   FNMA 
   FHLMC 
   GNMA 

Less than 12 months 
Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized  
Loss 

12 months or longer 
Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized   
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized  
Loss 

(In Thousands) 

  $ 

115,088   $
29,360  
25,434  
19,953  

2,701   $
454  
83  
187  

108,839   $
 —  
 —  
 —  

7,682   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

223,927   $
29,360  
25,434  
19,953  

10,383  
454  
83  
187  

Total temporarily impaired MBS 

  $ 

189,835   $

3,425   $

108,839   $

7,682   $ 

298,674   $

11,107  

The  table  below  shows  our  mortgage-backed  securities’  gross  unrealized  losses  and  fair  value  by 
investment category and length of time that individual securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position at 
December 31, 2008: 

Available-for-sale 

CMO 
   FNMA 
   FHLMC 
   GNMA 

Less than 12 months 
Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized  
Loss 

12 months or longer 
Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized   
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized  
Loss 

(In Thousands) 

  $ 

249,118   $

—  
—  
—  

23,536   $
—  
—  
—  

37,298   $
 —  
 —  
 —  

2,192   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

286,416   $

—  
—  
—  

25,728  
—  
—  
—  

Total temporarily impaired MBS 

  $ 

249,118   $

23,536   $

37,298   $

2,192   $ 

286,416   $

25,728  

At December 31, 2009, we owned one $2.6 million mortgage-backed security where the amortized cost 
exceeded  fair  value  and  we  recognized  other-than-temporary  impairment.  The  total  loss  on  this  bond  was 
$187,000 at December 31, 2009. Of this loss, $86,000 was related to credit impairment and $101,000 was related 
to  market  interest  rates  and/or  lack  of  liquidity  in  the  market  for  mortgage-backed  securities.  As  a  result,  we 
realized an earnings charge of $86,000 for other-than-temporary impairment during 2009.  There was no other-
than-temporary impairment recognized in any prior years. 

4. REVERSE MORTGAGES AND RELATED ASSETS 

We  hold  an  investment  in  reverse  mortgages  of  $(530,000)  at  December  31,  2009  representing  a 

participation in 18 reverse mortgages with a third party. These loans were originated in the early 1990’s. 

These reverse mortgage loans are contracts that require the lender to make monthly advances throughout 
the borrower’s life or until the borrower relocates, prepays or the home is sold, at which time the loan becomes 
due  and  payable.  Reverse  mortgages  are  nonrecourse  obligations,  which  means  that  the  loan  repayments  are 
generally limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrower’s residence. 

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages by estimating the value of the future cash flows on 
the  reverse  mortgages  at  a  rate  deemed  appropriate  for  these  mortgages,  based  on  the  market  rate  for  similar 
collateral. Actual cash flows from these mortgage loans can result in significant volatility in the recorded value of 
reverse mortgage assets. As a result, income varies significantly from reporting period to reporting period. For the 

- 81 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
year ended December 31, 2009, the Company lost $464,000 in interest income on reverse mortgages as compared 
to  a  loss  of  $1.1  million  in  2008  and  posting  income  of  $2.0  million  in  2007.    The  losses  in  2008  and  2009 
primarily resulted from the decrease in the values of the properties securing these mortgages, based on annual re-
evaluation and consistent with the decrease in home values over the past two years. 

The projected cash flows depend on assumptions about life expectancy of the mortgagee and the future 
changes in collateral values. Projecting the changes in collateral values is the most significant factor impacting 
the volatility of reverse mortgage values. The current assumptions include a short-term annual depreciation rate 
of  0.0%  in  the  first  year,  and  a  long-term  annual  appreciation  rate  of  0.5%  in  future  years.  If  the  long-term 
appreciation  rate  was  increased  to  1.5%,  the  resulting  impact  on  income  would  have  been  $19,000. 
Conversely, if the long-term appreciation rate was decreased to -0.5%, the resulting impact on income would 
have  been  $(17,000).    If  housing  values  do  not  change  (0.0%  annual  appreciation  for  all  future  years),  the 
resulting impact on income would be $(8,000). 

We  also  hold  $12.2  million  fair  value  in  BBB+  rated  mortgage-backed  securities  classified  as  trading 
and have options to acquire up to 49.9% of Class “O” Certificates issued in connection with securities consisting 
of a portfolio of reverse mortgages we previously owned. The Class “O” Certificates are currently recorded on 
our financial statements at a zero value. At  the time  of  the  securitization,  the  third  party  securitizer  (Lehman 
Brothers)  retained  100%  of  the  Class  “O”  Certificates  from  the  securitization.  These  Class  “O”  Certificates 
have  no  priority  over  other  classes  of  Certificates  under  the  Trust  and  no  distributions  will  be  made  on  the 
Class “O” Certificates until, among other conditions, the principal amount of each other class of notes has been 
reduced to zero. The underlying assets, the reverse mortgages, are long-term assets. Hence, any cash flow that 
might  inure  to  the  holder  of  the  Class  “O”  Certificates  is  not  expected  to  occur  until  2014  or  later. 
Additionally, the Company can exercise its option on 49.9% of the Class “O” Certificates in up to five separate 
increments  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $1.0  million  any  time  between  January  1,  2004  and  the 
termination of  the  Securitization  Trust.  The  option  to  purchase  the  Class  “O”  Certificates does  not  meet  the 
definition of a derivative under ASU 815, Derivatives and Hedging (formerly SFAS No. 161, Disclosure about 
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133). This certificate is 
an equity security with no readily determinable fair value; as such, it is excluded from the accounting treatment 
promulgated  under  ASU  320,  Investments—Debt  and  Equity  Securities  (formerly  SFAS  115)  As  a  result,  the 
option is carried at cost (which is zero). During the third quarter of 2008 Lehman Brothers Holdings filed for 
bankruptcy.  During 2009 we filed a “Proof of Claim” against Lehman Brothers Holding, Inc. regarding the 
option on the Class “O” Certificates.  Also during 2009 we notified Lehman Brothers Holding, Inc. that we 
were exercising our option on these securities.  The status of this exercise is pending. 

5. LOANS 

The following table details our loan portfolio: 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Real estate mortgage loans: 
Residential (1-4 family) 
Other 

Real estate construction loans 
Commercial loans 
Consumer loans 

Less: 

Deferred fees (costs), net 
Allowance for loan losses 

Net loans 

2009 

2008 

$ 

$ 

348,873 
524,380 
231,625 
1,120,807 
300,648 
2,526,333 

2,098 
53,446 
2,470,789 

$ 

422,740 
558,979 
251,508 
942,920 
296,728 
2,472,875 

126 
31,189 
2,441,560 

$ 

- 82 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccruing loans aggregated $65.9 million, $28.4 million and $31.8 million at December 31, 2009, 
2008 and 2007, respectively.  If interest on all such loans had been recorded in accordance with contractual 
terms, net interest income would have increased by $2.6 million in 2009, $2.0 million in 2008, and $790,000 in 
2007.  Portfolio  delinquency  is  actually  less  than  nonperforming  assets  at  December  31,  2009  as  two  large 
credits, that have been current, were moved to nonaccrual status in the second quarter of 2009. 

The total amount of loans serviced for others were $256.7 million, $268.8 million and $255.0 million 
at  December  31,  2009,  2008  and  2007,  respectively  all  of  which  were  residential  first  mortgage  loans.  We 
received fees from the servicing of loans of $570,000, $650,000 and $718,000 during 2009, 2008 and 2007, 
respectively. 

We  record  mortgage-servicing  rights  on  our  mortgage  loan-servicing  portfolio.  Mortgage  servicing 
rights  represent the  present  value  of the future net  servicing  fees  from  servicing mortgage loans  acquired  or 
originated by us. The value of these servicing rights was $349,000 and $329,000 at December 31, 2009 and 
2008,  respectively.  Mortgage  loans  serviced  for  others  are  not  included  in  loans  on  the  accompanying 
Consolidated Statement of Condition. Changes in the valuation of these servicing rights resulted in net revenue 
of $20,000 during 2009 and net expense of $259,000 in 2008. The increase from the prior year was mainly due 
to  an  increase  in  prepayment  speeds  during  2008  and  the  resulting  impairment  charge.    Revenues  from 
originating,  marketing  and  servicing  mortgage  loans  as  well  as  valuation  adjustments  related  to  capitalized 
mortgage  servicing  rights  are  included  in  mortgage  banking  activities,  net on  the  Consolidated  Statement  of 
Operations.  

Accrued interest receivable on loans outstanding was $7.6 million and $7.5 million at December 31, 

2009 and 2008, respectively. 

A summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses follows: 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Beginning balance 

Provision for loan losses 
Loans charged-off (1) 
Recoveries (2) 
Ending balance 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$  31,189 
47,811 
(26,566) 
1,012 
$  53,446 

$  25,252  
23,024  
(17,839 ) 
752  
$  31,189  

$  27,384 
5,021 
(8,049) 
896 
$  25,252 

(1)  2009, 2008 and 2007 include $1.2 million, $1.3 million and $1.4 million of overdraft charge-offs, respectively.  
(2)  2009, 2008 and 2007 include $380,000, $384,000 and $446,000 of overdraft recoveries, respectively.  

Net charge-offs increased this year as we moved loans through the resolution process in some of the 
larger construction loans we identified earlier in this cycle.  During 2009, net charge-offs increased to $25.6 
million, or 1.01%, of average loans annualized, from $17.1 million, or 0.74%, of average loans in 2008.  This 
is  due  to  the  fact  we  provide  for  losses  earlier  in  the  problem  loan  identification  process  when  they  are 
probable and charge the loans off and utilize the provision when the losses are certain or near certain. 

6. IMPAIRED LOANS 

Loans from which it is probable we will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual 
terms are measured for impairment in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 310, Receivables (Formerly 
SFAS No. 114, Accounting for Creditors for Impairment of a Loan).  The amount of impairment is required to be 
measured  using  one  of  three  methods:  (1) the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the 
loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price; or (3) the fair value of collateral if the loan 
is collateral dependent. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a 
specific allowance is allocated for the impairment.  

We had impaired loans of approximately $73.2 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $31.3 million 
at December 31, 2008.  The average recorded balance of aggregate impaired loans was $62.2 million for the year-
ended December 31, 2009 and $26.1 million for the year-ended December 31, 2008.  The specific allowance for 
losses on these impaired loans was $11.8 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $395,000 at December 31, 

- 83 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2008.  The change in the specific allowance was due to additional provision for loan loss of $12.9 million and net 
transfers of $3.9 million from general valuation allowances.  These increases were partially offset by $5.4 million 
of charge-offs and transfers to assets acquired through foreclosure during 2009. 

When  there  is  little  prospect  of  collecting  principal  or  interest,  loans,  or  portions  of  loans,  may  be 
charged-off  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.    Losses  are  recognized  in  the  period  when  an  obligation  becomes 
uncollectible.   

7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT 

Land, office buildings, leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment, at cost, are summarized by 

major classifications: 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Land 
Buildings 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

Less: 

Accumulated depreciation 

2009 

2008 

$ 

4,422 
10,900 
26,089 
32,444 
73,855 

37,747 
36,108 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  4,422 
10,797 
22,990 
29,892 
68,101 

33,135 
34,966 

Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, 
for leasehold improvements, over the effective life of the related lease if less than the estimated  useful life. In 
general, computer equipment, furniture and equipment and building renovations are depreciated over three, five 
and ten years, respectively. 

The  Company  occupies  certain  premises  including  some  with  renewal  options,  and  operates  certain 
equipment  under  noncancelable  leases  with  terms  ranging  primarily  from  1  to  25  years.  These  leases  are 
accounted for as operating leases. Accordingly, lease costs are expensed as incurred in accordance with FASB 
ASC 840-20 Operating Leases.  Rent expense was $5.9 million in 2009, $5.0 million in 2008 and $4.5 million in 
2007. Future minimum payments under these leases at December 31, 2009 are as follows: 

(In Thousands) 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 

Total future minimum lease payments 

8. DEPOSITS 

$ 

$ 

5,113
4,841
4,324
3,949
3,726
26,628
48,581

The following is a summary of deposits by category, including a summary of the remaining time to maturity for 
time deposits: 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Money market and demand: 

Noninterest-bearing demand 
Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 

Total money market and demand 

2009 

2008 

  $

$ 

431,476 
265,719 
550,639 
1,247,834 

311,322
214,749
326,792
852,863

- 84 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings 

224,921 

208,368

Customer certificates of deposit by maturity: 

Less than one year 
One year to two years 
Two years to three years 
Three years to four years 
Over four years 

Total customer time certificates 

Jumbo certificates of deposit--customer, by maturity: 

Less than one year 
One year to two years 
Two years to three years 
Three years to four years 
Over four years 

Total jumbo certificates of deposit--customer 

Subtotal customer deposits 

Other jumbo certificates of deposit--by maturity: 

Less than one year 
One year to two years 
Two years to three years 
Three years to four years 
Over four years 

Total other jumbo time certificates 

Brokered deposits less than one year 

292,884 
129,144 
43,622 
2,580 
1,909 
470,139 

137,492 
46,883 
18,426 
161 
164 
203,126 
2,146,020 

69,208 
— 
— 
— 
— 
69,208 

346,643 

287,546
107,593
9,681
42,161
3,075
450,056

144,925
32,399
1,463
16,795
264
195,846
1,707,133

103,825
—
—
—
—
103,825

311,394

Total deposits 

  $

2,561,871 

$ 

2,122,352

Customer  deposits  increased  $438.9  million,  or  26%,  over  balances  at  December  31,  2008.  The 

growth was across all categories.  

Interest expense by category follows: 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Customer time deposits 

Total customer interest expense 

Other jumbo certificates of deposit 
Brokered deposits 

$ 

Total interest expense on deposits 

$ 

2009 

2008 

2007 

648
4,857
521
19,789
25,815

1,845
2,729
30,389

$ 

$ 

1,064
5,909
736
20,775
28,484

3,091
8,234
39,809

$ 

$ 

1,393
11,870
1,679
22,357
37,299

5,176
14,836
57,311

- 85 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. BORROWED FUNDS 

The following is a summary of borrowed funds by type: 

Balance at   
End of 
Period 

  Weighted 
Average 
Interest 
Rate 

Maximum 
Outstanding   
at Month 
End 
During the 
Period 

Average 
Amount 
Outstanding   
During the 
Period 

  Weighted 
Average 
Interest 
Rate 
During the 
Period 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

  $  613,144 
67,011 

2.59%    $ 
2.03 

738,639  $ 
67,011 

642,496 
67,011 

2.81% 
2.64 

100,000 
74,654 

1.50 
1.21 

100,000 
132,604 

  101,019 
  105,616 

1.49 
1.01 

  $  815,957 
67,011  

2.74%    $ 
3.97  

942,922  $ 
67,011 

841,005 
67,011 

3.46% 
4.81 

75,000 
108,777 

1.87 
0.79 

99,999 
127,556 

75,844 
  110,237 

3.11 
1.96 

2009 

FHLB advances 
Trust preferred borrowings 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold 

under agreements to repurchase  

Other borrowed funds  

2008 

FHLB advances 
Trust preferred borrowings 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under 

agreements to repurchase  

Other borrowed funds  

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances 

Advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh with rates ranging from 0.26% to 5.45% at December 31, 2009 

are due as follows: 

Matures during: 

Amount 

Weighted 
Average 
Rate 

2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

$ 

$ 

405,517 
86,855 
87,539 
33,233 
613,144 

2.24%
3.64 
3.06 
2.90 

Pursuant  to  collateral  agreements  with  the  FHLB,  advances  are  secured  by  qualifying  first  mortgage 
loans, qualifying fixed-income securities, FHLB stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the 
FHLB. 

As a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, we are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in 
the FHLB of Pittsburgh in an amount at least equal to 4.75% of its advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of, 
plus  0.75%  of  the  unused  borrowing  capacity.  We  were  in  compliance  with  this  requirement  with  a  stock 
investment  in  FHLB  of  Pittsburgh  of  $39.3  million  at  December  31,  2009.  This  stock  is  carried  on  the 
accompanying Consolidated Statement of Condition at cost, which approximates liquidation value. 

In December 2008, the FHLB of Pittsburgh announced the suspension of both dividend payments and 
the repurchase of capital stock until such time as it becomes prudent to reinstate both.  We received no dividends 

- 86 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
from  the  FHLB  of  Pittsburgh  during  2009.    For  additional  information  regarding  our  stock  in  the  FHLB  of 
Pittsburgh see Note 15. 

At December 31, 2009, 32 advances were outstanding totaling $613.1 million, with a weighted average 
rate of 2.59%. Six advances totaling $95.0 million are convertible on a quarterly basis (at the discretion of the 
FHLB) to a variable rate advance based upon the three-month London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”), after an 
initial  fixed  term.  If  any  of  these  advances  convert,  WSFS  has  the  option  to  prepay  these  advances  at 
predetermined times or rates. 

Trust Preferred Borrowings 

On April 6, 2005, we completed the issuance of $67.0 million of aggregate principal amount of Pooled 
Floating  Rate  Securities  at  a  variable  interest  rate  of  177  basis  points  over  the  three-month  LIBOR  rate.  The 
proceeds from this issuance were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate Capital Trust I 
Preferred Securities.  

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 

During 2009 and 2008, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source.   At December 31, 
2009,  we  had  purchased  $75.0  million  in  federal  funds  at  a  rate  of  0.38%.    At  December  31,  2008,  we  had 
purchased $50.0 million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38%. At December 31, 2007, we also had $50.0 million 
federal funds purchased. 

During 2009, we sold securities under agreements to repurchase as a funding source. At December 31, 
2009,  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  had  a  fixed  rate  of  4.87%.  The  underlying  securities  are 
mortgage-backed  securities  with  a  book  value  of  $29.2  million  at  December  31,  2009.  Securities  sold  under 
agreements to repurchase with the corresponding carrying and market values of the underlying securities are due 
as follows: 

  Borrowing  
Amount 

Rate 

Collateral 
  Carrying    Market 
Value 

Value 

  Accrued 
Interest 

(Dollars in Thousands) 
2009 

Over 90 days 

  $ 

25,000 

4.87%  $

29,226  $

29,471  $ 

101 

2008 

Over 90 days 

  $ 

25,000 

 4.87%   $

29,500  $

30,223  $ 

101 

Other Borrowed Funds 

Included in other borrowed funds are collateralized borrowings of $44.7 million and $108.8 million at 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, consisting of outstanding retail repurchase agreements, contractual 
arrangements under which portions of certain securities are sold overnight to customers under agreements to 
repurchase.  Such  borrowings  were  collateralized  by  mortgage-backed  securities.  The  average  rates  on  these 
borrowings  were  0.18%  and  0.79%  at  December  31,  2009  and  2008,  respectively.    During  2009,  we 
participated in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”).  Under this program we issued 
$30.0 million of unsecured debt with a coupon rate of 2.74% and a 3 year maturity. 

- 87 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Under Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) capital regulations, savings institutions such as WSFS, must 
maintain “tangible” capital equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “core” capital equal to 4.0% of adjusted total 
assets, “Tier 1” capital equal to 4.0% of risk-weighted assets and “total” or “risk-based” capital (a combination of 
core  and  “supplementary”  capital)  equal  to  8.0%  of  risk-weighted  assets.    Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital 
requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possibly additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if 
undertaken,  could  have  a  direct  material  effect  on  WSFS’  Financial  Statements.    At  December  31,  2009  and 
2008,  WSFS  was  in  compliance  with  regulatory  capital  requirements  and  was  deemed  a  “well-capitalized” 
institution. 

The following table presents WSFS’ capital position as of December 31, 2009 and 2008: 

Consolidated  
Bank Capital 

Amount 

Percent 

For Capital  
Adequacy Purposes 
Amount 

Percent 

To Be Well-Capitalized 
Under Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 

Amount 

Percent 

(In Thousands) 
As of December 31, 2009: 

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Core Capital (to adjusted tangible assets) 
Tangible Capital (to tangible assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

$  359,834
323,957
323,957
323,957

12.24%  
8.67 
8.67 
11.02 

As of December 31, 2008: 

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Core Capital (to adjusted tangible assets) 
Tangible Capital (to tangible assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

$  304,679
274,221
274,221
274,221

11.00%  
7.99 
7.99 
9.90 

$ 

$ 

235,163 
149,404 
56,026 
117,581 

8.00%  
4.00 
1.50 
4.00 

$ 

293,953
186,755
N/A
176,372

10.00%
5.00 
N/A 
6.00 

221,561 
137,303 
51,489 
110,780 

8.00%  
4.00 
1.50 
4.00 

$  276,951
171,629
N/A
166,170

10.00%
5.00 
N/A 
6.00 

The Holding Company holds additional funds, mostly from the $25 million common equity raised in 
the third quarter of 2009 that can be contributed as capital to the Bank, if desired.  A $25 million infusion of 
this cash to the Bank would increase total and Tier 1 capital by 85 basis points and core and tangible capital by 
67 basis points. 

  Our capital structure includes one class of $0.01 par common stock outstanding, each share having equal 
voting  rights  and  one  class  of  $.01  par  preferred  stock.    During  2009  we  completed  a  private  placement  of 
common stock to Peninsula Investment  Partners, L.P.  for a total purchase price of  $25.0  million.  Information 
concerning this transaction is included in Note 21.   

  During  2009,  we  issued  and  sold  senior  preferred  stock  to  the  U.S.  Department  of  Treasury  under  its 
Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) totaling $52.6 million. Information concerning this transaction is included in 
Note 21.   

  When infused into the Bank, the Trust Preferred Securities issued in 2005 qualify as Tier 1 capital. We 
are prohibited from paying any dividend or making any other capital distribution if, after making the distribution, 
we would be undercapitalized within the meaning of the OTS Prompt Corrective Action regulations.  Since 1996, 
the Board of Directors has approved several stock repurchase programs to reacquire common shares.  We did not 
acquire any shares in 2009; however, we acquired 73,500 shares totaling $3.6 million during 2008 as part of these 
programs. 

The Holding Company 

In April 2005, WSFS Capital Trust  III, an unconsolidated subsidiary of WSFS  Financial Corporation, 
issued $67.0 million of aggregate principle of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 

- 88 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate.  The proceeds were used to refinance the WSFS Capital Trust I 
November 1998 issuance of $51.5 million of Trust Preferred Securities which had a variable rate of 250 basis 
points  over  the  three-month  LIBOR  rate.    At  December  31,  2009,  the  coupon  rate  of  the  Capital  Trust  III 
securities was 2.03% with a scheduled maturity of June 1, 2035.  The effective rate will vary, however, due to 
fluctuations in interest rates. The proceeds from the issue were invested in Junior Subordinated Debentures issued 
by WSFS Financial Corporation. These securities are treated as borrowings with the interest included in interest 
expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  The remaining proceeds were used primarily to extinguish 
higher  rate  debt  and  for  general  corporate  purposes.    In  addition,  we  had  an  interest  rate  cap  with  a  notional 
amount  of  $50.0  million,  which  limited  the  three  month  LIBOR  to  6.00%.  This  cap  expired  on  December  1, 
2008.  

Pursuant  to  federal  laws  and  regulations,  WSFS'  ability  to  engage  in  transactions  with  affiliated 

corporations is limited, and WSFS generally may not lend funds to nor guarantee indebtedness of the Company. 

11. ASSOCIATE (EMPLOYEE) BENEFIT PLANS 

Associate 401(k) Savings Plan 

        Certain subsidiaries of ours maintain a qualified plan in which Associates may participate. Participants in 
the plan may elect to direct a portion of their wages into investment accounts that include professionally managed 
mutual and money market funds and our common stock.  Generally, the principal and earnings thereon are tax 
deferred  until  withdrawn.    We  match  a  portion  of  the  Associates'  contributions  and  periodically  make 
discretionary contributions based on our performance into the plan for the benefit of Associates.  Our total cash 
contributions to the plan on behalf of our Associates resulted in a cash expenditure of $1.5 million, $1.8 million 
and $1.7 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

        Effective  November  2007,  all  of  our  discretionary  contributions  are  invested  in  accordance  with  the 
Associates’  selection  of  investments.    If  Associates  do  not  designate  how  discretionary  contributions  are  to  be 
invested, 80% will be invested in a balanced fund and 20% will be invested in our common stock.  Associates 
may make transfers to various other investment vehicles within the plan without any significant restrictions.  The 
plan  purchased  50,000,  10,000,  and  25,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  during  2009,  2008  and  2007, 
respectively.   

        Postretirement Benefits 

        We  share  certain  costs  of  providing  health  and  life  insurance  benefits  to  retired  Associates  (and  their 
eligible  dependents).    Substantially  all  Associates  may  become  eligible  for  these  benefits  if  they  reach  normal 
retirement age while working for us. 

We  account  for  our  obligations  under  the  provisions  of  FASB  ASC  715,  Compensation  –  Retirement 
Benefits (“ASC 715”) (Formerly SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than 
Pensions). ASC 715 requires that the costs of these benefits be recognized over an Associate’s active working 
career.  Amortization of unrecognized net gains or losses resulting from experience different from that assumed 
and  from  changes  in  assumptions  is  included  as  a  component  of  net  periodic  benefit  cost  over  the  remaining 
service  period  of  active  employees  to  the  extent  that  such  gains  and  losses  exceed  10%  of  the  accumulated 
postretirement benefit obligation, as of the beginning of the year.   

ASC 715 requires that we recognize the funded status of our defined benefit postretirement plan in our 
statement of financial position, with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, 
net  of  tax.  The  adjustment  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  at  adoption  represented  the  net 
unrecognized  actuarial  losses  and  unrecognized  transition  obligation  remaining  from  the  initial  adoption  of 
ASC  715,  all  of  which  were  previously  netted  against  the  plan’s  funded  status  in  our  statement  of  financial 
position pursuant to the provisions of ASC 715. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as net periodic 
pension costs pursuant to our historical accounting policy for amortizing such amounts. Further, actuarial gains 

- 89 - 

 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
and  losses  that  arise  in  subsequent  periods  and  are  not  recognized  as  net  periodic  pension  cost  in  the  same 
periods  will  be  recognized  as  a  component  of  other  comprehensive  income.  Those  amounts  will  be 
subsequently  recognized  as  a  component  of  net  periodic  pension  cost  on  the  same  basis  as  the  amounts 
recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption of ASC 715. 

In  accordance  with  ASC  715,  during  2010,  the  Company  expects  to  recognize  $12,000  in  expense 
relating to the amortization of the net actuarial loss and $61,000 in expense relating to the amortization of the net 
transition obligation. 

The following disclosures relating to postretirement benefits were measured at December 31, 2009: 

2009 

  2008 

2007   

(Dollars in Thousands) 
Change in benefit obligation: 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss/(gain)  
Benefits paid  

Benefit obligation at end of year 

Change in plan assets: 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
Employer contributions  
Benefits paid  

Fair value of plan assets at end of year 

Funded status: 
Funded status 
Unrecognized transition obligation 
Unrecognized net loss  
Recognized net loss 

Net amount recognized 

Components of net periodic benefit cost: 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Amortization of transition obligation  
Net loss recognition 

Net periodic benefit cost 

Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost: 

Discount rate 
Health care cost trend rate 

Sensitivity analysis of health care cost trends: 
Effect of +1% on service cost plus interest cost 
Effect of –1% on service cost plus interest cost 
Effect of +1% on APBO 
Effect of –1% on APBO 

Assumptions  used  to  value  the  Accumulated  Postretirement  Benefit 

Obligation (APBO): 

Discount rate 
Health care cost trend rate 
Ultimate trend rate 
Year of ultimate trend rate 

- 90 - 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

  $ 

  $

2,502 
161 
141 
(69)   
(167)   
2,568 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
167 
(167)   
— 

2,339 
142 
137 
56 
(172)   
2,502 

  $

  $

  $

— 
172 
(172)   
— 

2,233 
137 
125 
(29)   
(127)   
2,339 

— 
127 
(127)   
— 

(2,568)    $ 

 (2,502)    $  (2,339)   

— 
— 
626 

— 
— 
774 

(1,942)    $ 

(1,728)    $

— 
— 
795 
(1,544)   

161 
141 
61 
18 
381 

  $ 

  $ 

142 
137 
61 
16 
356 

  $

  $

137 
125 
61 
19 
342 

5.75%  
5.00%  

6.00% 
5.00% 

5.75% 
5.00% 

$

(11)    $ 

 (12)    $

9 
(74)   
60 

6.00%  
5.00%  
5.00%  
2009 

9 
(89)   
72 

5.75% 
5.00% 
5.00% 
2008 

 (7)   
7 
(74)   
63 

6.00% 
5.00% 
5.00% 
2005 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated future benefit payments: 

The following table shows the expected future payments for the next ten years: 
  (In Thousands) 
During 2010 
During 2011 
During 2012 
During 2013 
During 2014 
During 2015 through 2019 

$ 

$ 

119
121
127
131
129
660
1,287

We assume that the average annual rate of increase for medical benefits will remain flat and stabilize at 
an average increase of 5% per annum. The costs incurred for retirees’ health care are limited since certain current 
and all future retirees are restricted to an annual medical premium cap indexed (since 1995) by the lesser of 4% or 
the actual increase in medical premiums paid by the Company. For 2009, this annual premium cap amounted to 
$2,496 per retiree. We estimate that we will contribute approximately $119,000 to the plan during fiscal 2010. 

We  have  three  additional  plans  which  are  no  longer  being  provided  to  Associates.    They  are  a 
Supplemental Pension Plan with a corresponding liability of $646,000, an Early Retirement Window Plan with a 
corresponding liability of $373,000 and a Director’s Plan with a corresponding liability of $108,000. 

12. TAXES ON INCOME 

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state income 

tax returns.  Our income tax (benefit) provision consists of the following: 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Current income taxes: 
Federal taxes 
State and local taxes 
Deferred income taxes: 

Federal taxes 
State and local taxes 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$

7,699 
(1,408) 

$ 

9,741 
119 

$  10,389 
2,274 

(8,384) 
- 

(2,910) 
- 

811 
- 

Total 

$

(2,093) 

$ 

6,950 

$  13,474 

Current  federal  income  taxes  include  taxes  on  income  that  cannot  be  offset  by  net  operating  loss 

carryforwards. 

- 91 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax 
purposes. The following is a summary of the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as 
of December 31, 2009 and 2008: 

(In Thousands) 
Deferred tax liabilities: 

Accelerated depreciation 
Other 
Prepaid expenses 
Deferred loan costs 
Total deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan losses 
Tax credit carryforwards 
Reserves and other 
Deferred gains 
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities 

Total deferred tax assets 

Valuation allowance 
Net deferred tax asset 

2009 

2008 

$

(683) 
(140) 
(1,537) 
(1,955) 
(4,315) 

$ 

(802) 
(99) 
(1,556) 
(1,959) 
(4,416) 

18,706 
— 
5,242 
343 
1,239 
25,530 

10,916 
150 
4,399 
542 
7,731 
23,738 

— 
21,215 

— 
$  19,322 

$

Included  in  the  table  above  is  the  effect  of  certain  temporary  differences  for  which  no  deferred  tax 
expense  or benefit  was  recognized.  Such items  consisted  primarily  of  unrealized gains and  losses  on  certain 
investments  in  debt  and  equity  securities  accounted  for  under  ASC  320.    Also  included  above  for  2008  are 
$369,000 of deferred tax assets recorded in conjunction with the acquisition of 1st Reverse.  As a result of the 
wind-down of 1st Reverse, there are no deferred tax assets for 1st Reverse included in 2009. 

Based  on  our  history  of  prior  earnings  and  our  expectations  of  the  future,  it  is  anticipated  that 
operating income and the reversal pattern of its temporary differences will, more likely than not, be sufficient 
to  realize  a  net  deferred  tax  asset  of  $21.2  million  at  December  31,  2009.  Adjustments  to  decrease  gross 
deferred tax assets and the related valuation allowance in the amount of $2.0 million and $473,000 were made 
in  2008  and  2007,  respectively,  to  reflect  federal  and  state  tax  net  operating  losses  that  have  expired.  No 
federal or state net operating losses remain at December 31, 2009. 

 A  reconciliation  setting  forth  the  differences  between  our  effective  tax  rate  and  the  U.S.  Federal 

statutory tax rate is as follows: 

Year Ended December 31,  
Statutory federal income tax rate 
State tax net of federal tax benefit 
Interest income 50% excludable 
Bank-owned life insurance income 
Charitable donation 
Incentive stock option and other 
   nondeductible compensation 
Nondeductible goodwill 
Other 
Effective tax rate 

2009 
35.0%
64.0 
50.6 
22.4 
— 

(18.0
) 
(8.0) 
0.4 
146.4%

2008 
35.0% 
0.3 
(3.2) 
(2.7) 
— 

0.7
— 
— 
30.1% 

2007 
35.0%
3.4 
(1.7) 
(1.8) 
(5.0) 

0.5
— 
0.8 
31.2%

- 92 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During  2007,  we  donated  an  N.C.  Wyeth  mural  which  was  previously  displayed  in  our  former 
headquarters. Pursuant to an appraisal by a nationally recognized art appraisal firm, the estimated fair value of the 
mural  was  $6.0  million,  which  was  recorded  as  a  charitable  contribution  expense.  We  recognized  a  related 
offsetting gain on the transfer of the asset during 2007. The expense and offsetting gain was shown net in our 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  As  the  gain  on  the  transfer  of  the  asset  is  permanently  excludible  from 
taxation, the charitable contribution transaction results in a permanent deduction for income tax purposes. The 
amount of the deduction represents an income tax uncertainty because it is subject to evaluation by the Internal 
Revenue Service (“IRS”).     

We record interest and penalties on potential income tax deficiencies as income tax expense.  Federal 
tax years 2006 through 2008 remain subject to examination as of December 31, 2009, while tax years 2006 
through 2008 remain subject to examination by state taxing jurisdictions. The IRS audit of our 2004, 2005 and 
2006  federal  income  tax  returns  was  completed  during  2008.  No  state  income  tax  return  examinations  are 
currently  in  process.  We  believe  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  between  $800,000  and  $1.0  million  of 
unrecognized state tax benefits, net of federal tax, will be realized during 2010 as a result of the expiration of 
statutes of limitations. Excluding the potential impact of the IRS review of the mural valuation, we expect to 
record  less  than  $50,000  of  additional  reserves  during  2010  related  to  interest  on  existing  unrecognized  tax 
benefits. 

During 2007, an additional $3.6 million tax reserve was established related primarily to the Internal 
Revenue Service disallowance of the deduction for certain compensation in prior periods. This adjustment was 
the result of a routine IRS audit of our 2004 through 2006 tax years. Because the original tax benefit for this 
item  was  recorded  as  an  increase  to  equity,  $3.4  million  of  the  tax  liability  was  recorded  as  a  reduction  to 
equity in 2007. Even though this matter was not yet settled, as of December 31, 2007, standards under ASC 
740  required  this  reserve  to  be  established  during  2007.  In  order  to  stop  interest  from  accruing  on  this  tax 
liability  until  the  matter  could  be  resolved  through  the  IRS  appeals  process,  we  deposited  the  entire  $3.4 
million, plus interest in 2007 so that no reserve remained for this matter as of December 31, 2007. During 2008 
we successfully completed the IRS appeal process and during the first quarter of 2009 we recovered $863,000 
of taxes plus $275,000 of interest that were previously assessed during the audit phase.  The tax recovery was 
recorded as an increase to equity in 2008 while the interest received was recorded as a reduction of income tax 
expense in 2008. 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits related to ASC 740 as of December 31, 2009 was $1.9 
million, of which $1.3 million would affect our effective tax rate if recognized. The total amount of accrued 
interest and penalties included in such unrecognized tax benefits were $372,000 and $0, respectively, of which 
$119,000 was recorded as expense in 2009. A reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits 
during 2009 is as follows:  

(In Thousands) 
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 
Additions as a result of tax positions taken during prior years 
Additions as a result of tax positions taken during current year 
Reductions relating to settlements with taxing authorities 
Reductions as a result of a lapse of statutes of limitations 
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2009 

13. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

$

$

2,585  
119  
—  
—  
(854 ) 
1,850  

Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with ASC 718 (Formerly  SFAS No. 123R, 
Share-Based Payment).  We  have  stock  options  outstanding  under  two  plans  (collectively,  “Stock  Incentive 
Plans”) for officers, directors and Associates of the Company and its subsidiaries.  After shareholder approval in 
2005, the 1997 Stock Option Plan (“1997 Plan”) was  replaced by the  2005 Incentive Plan  (“2005 Plan”).   No 
future awards may be granted under the 1997 Plan.  The 2005 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its 

- 93 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
effective date, after which no awards may be granted.  The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2005 
Plan is 862,000.  At December 31, 2009, there were 105,902 shares available for future grants under the 2005 
Plan. 

  The Stock Incentive Plans provide for the granting of incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 
of the Internal Revenue Code as well as nonincentive stock options (collectively, “Stock Options”).  Additionally, 
the  2005  Plan  provides  for  the  granting  of  stock  appreciation  rights,  performance  awards,  restricted  stock  and 
restricted  stock  unit  awards,  deferred  stock  units,  dividend  equivalents,  other  stock-based  awards  and  cash 
awards.  All Stock Options are to be granted at not less than the market price of our common stock on the date of 
the grant.  All Stock Options granted during 2009 vest in 25% per annum increments, start to become exercisable 
one  year  from  the  grant  date  and  expire  in  five  years  from  the  grant  date.    Generally,  all  awards  become 
immediately exercisable in the event of a change in control, as defined within the Stock Incentive Plans. 

  A  summary  of  the  status  of  our  Stock  Incentive  Plans  as  of  December  31,  2009,  2008  and  2007, 

respectively, and changes during the years then ended is presented below: 

Stock Options: 
Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at end of year 

2009 

2008 

2007 

  Weighted- 
  Average  
  Exercise  
Price 

  Weighted-  
  Average   
  Exercise   
Price 

Shares 

Shares 

  Weighted- 
  Average  
  Exercise  
Price 

Shares 

675,887  $
83,921 
(16,460)
(9,880)
733,468 

44.98 
23.33 
16.48 
59.50 
42.95 

722,582  $ 
33,250 
(60,240) 
(19,705) 
675,887 

43.14 
49.08 
20.51 
59.27 
44.98 

703,427  $
121,375 
(80,836)
(21,384)
722,582 

39.52 
54.25 
23.85 
60.08 
43.14 

Exercisable at end of year 

541,910  $

43.52 

473,445  $ 

39.84 

444,653  $

33.75 

Weighted-average fair value of awards granted    $

5.42 

  $

10.57 

  $

11.36 

The variance in shares granted between the respective periods is due to a timing change for awarding 
options.    In  periods  prior  to  2008,  options  were  awarded  during  December  of  the  respective  year.    However, 
beginning  with  2008,  awards  were  granted  in  March,  and  as  a  result  the  awards  typically  granted  during 
December 2008 were granted during March of 2009. 

Beginning  January  1,  2009,  473,445  stock  options  were  exercisable  with  an  intrinsic  value  of  $6.1 
million.    In  addition,  at  January  1,  2009  there  were  202,442  nonvested  options  with  a  grant  date  fair  value  of 
$12.10.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, 93,337 options vested with no intrinsic value, and a grant 
date fair value of $12.63 per option.  Also during 2009, 16,460 options were exercised with an intrinsic value of 
$231,000.  In addition, 8,412 vested options were forfeited with no intrinsic value, and a grant date fair value of 
$14.17, while 9,880 options were forfeited in total with a grant date fair value of $13.86.  There were 541,910 
exercisable  options  remaining  at  December  31,  2009,  with  an  intrinsic  value  of  $1.5  million  and  a  remaining 
contractual  term  of  2.5  years.    At  December  31,  2009  there  were  733,468  stock  options  outstanding  with  an 
intrinsic value of $1.7 million and a remaining contractual term of 2.8 years and 191,558 nonvested options with 
a  grant  date  fair  value  of  $8.92.    During  2008,  60,240  options  were  exercised  with  an  intrinsic  value  of  $2.0 
million and 105,479 options vested with a grant date fair value of $12.47 per option. 

  The total amount of compensation cost related to nonvested stock options as of December 31, 2009 was 
$1.1 million.  The weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 2.1 years.  We issue new 
shares upon the exercise of options. 

- 94 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During 2009, we granted 83,921 options with a five-year life and a four-year vesting period.  The Black-
Scholes  option-pricing  model  was  used  to  determine  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  these  options.    Significant 
assumptions used in the model included a weighted-average risk-free rate of return of between 1.7% and 2.1% in 
2009; an expected option life of three and three-quarter years; and an expected stock price volatility of between 
34.4% and 41.3% in 2009.  For the purposes of this option-pricing model, a dividend yield of between 1.8% and 
2.1% was used as the expected dividend yield.  The expected option life was determined based on the mid-point 
between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term.       

Prior to the adoption of ASC 718, we used a graded-vesting schedule to calculate the expense related to 
stock  options.    Since  the  adoption  of  ASC  718  we  have  used  a  straight-line  schedule  to  calculate  the  expense 
related to new stock options issued. 

  The  Black-Scholes  and  other  option-pricing  models  assume  that  options  are  freely  tradable  and 
immediately  vested.    Since  options  are  not  transferable,  have  vesting  provisions,  and  are  subject  to  trading 
blackout periods imposed by us, the value calculated by the Black-Scholes model may significantly overstate the 
true economic value of the options. 

  During  2009  and  2008  we  issued  285  and  185  shares,  respectively,  of  restricted  stock  units.    These 
awards vest over five years:  0% during the first two years, 25% at the end of each of the third and fourth years 
and 50% at the end of the fifth year.  In addition, during 2009 we issued 1,146 shares of restricted stock units, 
which vest over four years, 25% on each anniversary date. 

During 2009 we issued 25,248 shares of restricted stock and 5,259 shares of restricted stock units.  These 
awards vest over four years (25% per year on the first four anniversaries of the awards).  In addition, for these 
stock awards made to certain executive officers, there are additional vesting limitations relating to these awards.   
Under these additional limitations; 25% of the awards will become transferrable at the time of repayment of at 
least  25%  of  the  aggregate  financial  assistance  received  by  the  Company  under  the  Emergency  Economic 
Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”); an additional 25% of the shares granted (for an aggregate total of 50% of the 
shares transferrable) at the time of repayment of at least 50% of the aggregate financial assistance received by the 
Company  under  EESA;    an  additional  25%  of  the  shares  granted  (for  an  aggregate  total  of  75%  of  the  shares 
transferrable)  at  the  time  of  repayment  of  at  least  75%  of  the  aggregate  financial  assistance  received  by  the 
Company under EESA.  The remainder of the shares will vest following the time of repayment of 100% of the 
aggregate financial assistance received by the Company under EESA.   If the date specified has not occurred by 
the tenth anniversary of the grant date, the grantee shall forfeit all of the restricted shares.  Finally, we issued 640 
shares  of  restricted  stock  during  2009  that  vest  over  four  years,  25%  on  each  anniversary  date  which  are  not 
subject to the additional EESA restrictions.  Compensation costs related to these issuances are recognized over 
the lives of the restricted stock and restricted stock units.  We amortize the expense related to restricted stock 
grants into salaries, benefits and other compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service 
period for the entire award.  When we award restricted stock to individuals from whom we may not receive 
services  in  the  future,  such  as  those  who  are  eligible  for  retirement,  we  recognize  the  expense  of  restricted 
stock grants when we make the award, instead of amortizing the expense over the vesting period of the award. 

The  increase  in  restricted  stock  issued  during  2009  was  due  to  payment  of  bonuses  to  our  senior 
executive officers in restricted stock, in lieu of cash payments, which is a requirement of our agreement with 
the U.S. Treasury under CPP. 

During  2008,  we  created  a  performance-based  incentive  program  under  the  terms  of  the  2005  Plan.  

Under this program shares of WSFS stock may be awarded to certain members of management.  

The  Long-Term  Performance-Based  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Program  (Long-Term  Program)  will  award 
up  to  an  aggregate  of  109,200  shares  of  WSFS  stock  to  seventeen  participants,  only  after  the  achievement  of 
targeted levels of return on assets (“ROA”).  Under the terms of the plan, if an annual ROA performance level of 
1.20%  is  achieved,  up  to  54,900  shares  will  be  awarded.    If  an  annual  ROA  performance  level  of  1.35%  is 

- 95 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
achieved,  up  to  76,100  shares  will  be  awarded.    If  an  annual  ROA  performance  level  of  1.50%  or  greater  is 
achieved,  up  to  109,200  shares  will  be  awarded.    If  these  targets  are  achieved  in  any  year  up  until  2011,  the 
awarded  stock  will  then  vest  in  25%  increments  over  four  years.    We  did  not  recognize  any  compensation 
expense related to this program during 2009.  Compensation expense for the Long-Term Program will be based 
on the closing stock price as of May 28, 2008 and will begin to be recognized once the achievement of target 
performance is considered probable. 

At  December  31,  2009  we  had  105,902  shares  remaining  available  for  issuance  under  the  2005  Plan.  
Full  share  awards,  such  as  restricted  stock,  have  the  equivalence  of  four  option  grants  for  the  purpose  of 
calculating shares available for issuance.  Under the provisions of the Long Term Program, if a performance level 
is achieved and there are insufficient shares available for grant, then we would have the option of granting the 
available shares with the remainder being paid in cash.  

The impact of stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $1.4 million pretax 
($1.1 million after tax), or $0.18 per share, to salaries, benefits and other compensation, compared to $1.1 million 
pretax ($917,000 after tax), or $0.15 per share in 2008 and $1.5 million pretax ($1.2 million after tax), or $0.19 
per share in 2007.   

The following table summarizes all stock options outstanding and exercisable for Option Plans as of 

December 31, 2009, segmented by range of exercise prices: 

Outstanding 

  Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number 

Exercisable 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 

  Contractual Life

  Number 

  Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Stock Options: 

$6.90-$13.80 
$13.81-$20.70 
$20.71-$27.60 
$27.61-$34.50 
$34.51-$41.40 
$41.41-$48.30 
$48.31-$55.20 
$55.21-$62.10 
$62.11-$69.00 

$

39,270 
103,110 
83,921 
61,755 
- 
85,215 
118,215 
67,367 
174,615 

10.88 
16.89 
23.33 
33.40 
- 
44.49 
53.19 
58.82 
64.53 

0.9 years 
1.8 years 
4.2 years 
3.0 years 
- years 
4.0 years 
3.0 years 
4.8 years 
1.5 years 

$

39,270 
103,110 
- 
61,755 
- 
67,885 
60,251 
60,804 
148,835 

10.88 
16.89 
- 
33.40 
- 
44.01 
53.18 
58.86 
64.40 

Total 

733,468 

$

42.95 

2.8 years 

541,910 

$

43.52 

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Lending Operations 

At  December  31,  2009,  we  had  commitments  to  extend  credit  of  $626.9  million.  Commercial  loan 
commitments  represented  $270.1  million,  while  commercial  mortgage  and  construction  commitments  were 
$107.7 million and $56.0 million, respectively.  Outstanding letters of credit were $60.9 million.  Consumer lines 
of credit totaled $126.3 million of which $107.5 million was secured by real estate and outstanding commitments 
to make or acquire mortgage loans aggregated $6.0 million; all were at fixed rates ranging from 4.25% to 7.35%. 
Mortgage commitments generally have closing dates within a six-month period. 

- 96 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Data Processing Operations  

We  have  entered  into  contracts  to  manage  our  network  operations,  data  processing  and  other  related 

services. The projected amounts of future minimum payments contractually due (in thousands) are as follows: 

2010 
2011 
2012 

$
$
$

3,170
658
144

We  are  currently  in  negotiations  with  our  vendors  for  a  number  of  these  contracts  which  represents  a 
majority  of  these  payments.    The  expenses  for  data  processing  and  operations  were  $4.7  million  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2009.   

Legal Proceedings 

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to legal actions that involve claims for monetary relief. 
Based upon information presently available to us and our counsel, it is our opinion that any legal and financial 
responsibility arising from such claims will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

We, as successor to originators, are from time to time involved in arbitration or litigation with reverse 
mortgage  loan  borrowers  or  with  the  heirs  of  borrowers.  Because  reverse  mortgages  are  a  relatively  new  and 
uncommon product, there can be no assurances regarding how the courts or arbitrators may apply existing legal 
principles to the interpretation and enforcement of the terms and conditions of our reverse mortgage rights and 
obligations. 

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk 

We  are  a  party  to  financial  instruments  with  off-balance  sheet  risk  in  the  normal  course  of  business 
primarily to meet the financing needs of our customers. To varying degrees, these financial instruments involve 
elements of credit risk that are not recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Condition. 

Exposure to loss for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by 
the contractual amount of those instruments. We generally require collateral to support such financial instruments 
in excess of the contractual amount of those instruments and essentially use the same credit policies in making 
commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments. 

The following represents a summary of off-balance sheet financial instruments at year-end: 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Financial instruments with contract amounts 

which represent potential credit risk: 
Construction loan commitments  
Commercial mortgage loan commitments  
Commercial loan commitments  
Commercial standby letters of credit  
Residential mortgage loan commitments  
Consumer loan commitments  

2009 

2008 

$

55,962
107,690
270,100
60,903
5,952
116,612

$ 129,935
126,918
249,643
59,703
8,270
126,071

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of 
any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination 
clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being 

- 97 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
completely  drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements. 
Standby  letters  of  credit  are  conditional  commitments  issued  to  guarantee  the  performance  of  a  customer  to  a 
third  party.  We  evaluate  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  and  obtain  collateral  based  on  management’s  credit 
evaluation of the counterparty. 

Indemnifications 

Secondary  Market  Loan  Sales.  We  generally  do  not  sell  loans  with  recourse  except  to  the  extent 
arising from standard loan sale contract provisions covering violations of representations and warranties and, 
under certain circumstances first payment default by the borrower. These are customary repurchase provisions 
in  the  secondary  market  for  conforming  mortgage  loan  sales.    These  indemnifications  may  include  the 
repurchase of loans by us. Repurchases and losses are rare, and no provision is made for losses at the time of 
sale. We had no repurchases during 2009, 2008 or 2007. 

We typically sell fixed-rate, conforming first mortgage loans in the secondary market as part of our 
ongoing asset/liability management program. Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or market of 
the aggregate or in some cases individual loans. Gains and losses on sales of loans are recognized at the time of 
the sale. 

Swap Guarantees. We entered into agreements with three unaffiliated financial institutions whereby 
those financial institutions entered into interest rate derivative contracts (interest rate swap transactions) with 
customers referred to them by us. By the terms of the agreements, those financial institutions have recourse to 
us  for  any  exposure  created  under  each  swap  transaction  in  the  event  the  customer  defaults  on  the  swap 
agreement and the agreement is in a paying position to the third-party financial institution. This is a customary 
arrangement that allows financial institutions like us to provide access to interest rate swap transactions for our 
customers without creating the swap ourselves. 

At December 31, 2009, there were forty-four variable-rate to fixed-rate swap transactions between the 
third-party financial institutions and our customers with an initial notional amount aggregating approximately 
$209.6 million, and with maturities ranging from one month to thirteen years. The aggregate fair value of these 
swaps to the customers was a liability of $12.6 million as of December 31, 2009, and all but one of the swap 
transactions were in a paying position to third-party financial institutions.   

15. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

The reported fair values of financial instruments are based on a variety of factors. In certain cases, fair 
values represent quoted  market prices for identical or comparable instruments. In other cases, fair  values have 
been estimated based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows that are 
discounted  to  reflect  current  market  rates  and  varying  degrees  of  risk.  Accordingly,  the  fair  values  may  not 
represent actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized as of year-end or that will be 
realized in the future.  

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial 

instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value: 

Cash  and  Short-Term  Investments:    For  cash  and  short-term  investments,  including  due  from  banks, 
federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with other banks, 
the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. 

Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities:  Fair value for investment and mortgage-backed securities 
is based on quoted market prices, where available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated 
using quoted prices for similar securities. The fair value of our investment in reverse mortgages is based on the 
net present value of estimated cash flows, which have been updated to reflect recent external appraisals of the 

- 98 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
underlying collateral.  For additional discussion of  our mortgage-backed  securities-trading,  see Footnote 1 to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Loans:  Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are 
segregated by type: commercial, commercial mortgages, construction, residential mortgages and consumer. For 
loans that reprice frequently, the book value approximates fair value. The fair values of other types of loans are 
estimated by discounting expected cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to 
borrowers with comparable credit ratings and for similar remaining maturities which is not an exit price under 
ASU 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The fair value of nonperforming loans is based on recent 
external appraisals of the underlying collateral. Estimated cash flows, discounted using a rate commensurate with 
current rates and the risk associated with the estimated cash flows, are utilized if appraisals are not available. 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance:  The estimated fair value approximates the book value for this investment 

Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh:  The fair value of FHLB stock is assumed to be 
essentially  equal  to  its  cost.    We  carry  FHLB  stock  at  cost,  or  par  value,  and  evaluate  FHLB  stock  for 
impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in 
value.  As  part  of  the  impairment  assessment  of  FHLB  stock,  management  considers,  among  other  things, 
(i) the significance and length of time of any declines in net assets of the FHLB compared to its capital stock, 
(ii) commitments  by  the  FHLB  to  make  payments  required  by  law  or  regulations  and  the  level  of  such 
payments  in  relation  to  its  operating  performance,  (iii) the  impact  of  legislative  and  regulatory  changes  on 
financial  institutions  and,  accordingly,  the  customer  base  of  the  FHLB  and  (iv) the  liquidity  position  of  the 
FHLB.  The FHLB has access to the U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprise Credit Facility, a secured lending 
facility that serves as a liquidity backstop, substantially reducing the likelihood that the FHLB would need to 
sell securities to raise liquidity and, thereby, cause the realization of large economic losses. The FHLB is rated 
AAA  and  is  likely  to  remain  unchanged  based  on  expectations  that  the  FHLB  has  a  very  high  degree  of 
government support and was in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2009.  
Based on the above, we have determined there was no other-than-temporary impairment related to our FHLB 
stock investment as of December 31, 2009. 

Deposit  Liabilities:    The  fair  value  of  deposits  with  no  stated  maturity,  such  as  noninterest-bearing 
demand  deposits,  money  market  and  interest-bearing  demand  deposits  and  savings  deposits,  is  assumed  to  be 
equal to the amount payable on demand. The carrying value of variable rate time deposits and time deposits that 
reprice  frequently  also  approximates  fair  value.  The  fair  value  of  the  remaining  time  deposits  is  based  on  the 
discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for 
deposits with comparable remaining maturities. 

Borrowed Funds:  Rates currently available to us for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities 

are used to estimate fair value of existing debt. 

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments:  The fair value of off-balance sheet instruments, including commitments 
to extend credit and standby letters of credit, is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar 
agreements with comparable remaining terms and reflects the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. 

- 99 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The book value and estimated fair value of our financial instruments are as follows: 

December 31, 

2009 

2008 

Book Value

Fair Value

Book Value

Fair Value

(In Thousands) 
Financial assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Loans, net 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh 
Accrued interest receivable 

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits 
Borrowed funds 
Accrued interest payable 

$    321,749
45,517
681,242
2,479,155
60,254
39,305
12,407

$    321,749 
45,479
681,242
2,487,129
60,254
39,305
12,407

$    248,558
49,688
498,205
2,443,835
59,337
39,305
11,609

$    248,558
49,578
498,205
2,435,135
59,337
39,305
11,609

2,561,871
854,809
4,240

2,572,418
858,896
4,240

2,122,352
1,066,745
6,794

2,101,881
1,035,401
6,794

The estimated fair value of our off-balance sheet financial instruments is as follows: 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Off-balance sheet instruments: 
Commitments to extend credit 
Standby letters of credit 

2009

2008

$5,071
317

$5,926
248

16. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

    We routinely  enter into transactions with our directors and officers.   Such transactions are  made in the 
ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, 
as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers, and do not, in the opinion of 
management,  involve  more  than  the  normal  credit  risk  or  present  other  unfavorable  features.    The  aggregate 
amount  of  loans  to  such  related  parties  was  $6.0  million  and  $5.0  million  at  December  31,  2009  and  2008, 
respectively.  During 2009, new loans and credit line advances to such related parties amounted to $8.9 million and 
repayments amounted to $7.9 million.    

  We engage a law firm that is affiliated with one of our directors for general legal services. Total fees for 

such services amounted to $24,000 during 2009 and $56,000 for 2007.  We paid no fees to this firm during 2008. 

- 100 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Condensed Statement of Financial Condition 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Assets: 
Cash  
Investment in subsidiaries  
Investment in Capital Trust III 
Other assets 

Total assets  

Liabilities: 

Borrowings 
Interest payable 
Other liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Stockholders’ equity: 
   Preferred stock 
Common stock  
Capital in excess of par value  
Comprehensive loss 
Retained earnings  
Treasury stock  
Total stockholders’ equity  

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

$ 

2009 

2008 

30,741 
335,796 
2,011 
404 
368,952 

67,011 
117 
24 
67,152 

1 
166 
166,627 
(2,022) 
385,308 
(248,280) 
301,800 
368,952 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,228 
277,439 
2,011 
1,232 
283,910 

67,011 
229 
35 
67,275 

-  
157 
87,033 
(12,613) 
390,338 
(248,280) 
216,635 
283,910 

- 101 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Statement of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Income: 

Interest income  
Noninterest income 

Expenses:  

Interest expense 
Other operating expenses 

Loss before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries  
Net income 
Dividends on preferred stock and accretion of discount 
Net (loss) income allocable to common stockholders 

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Operating activities: 
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used for 

operating activities: 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries  
Amortization  
Decrease (increase) in other assets 
Decrease in other liabilities 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities  

Investing activities: 

(Increase) decrease in investment in subsidiaries 
Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities 

Financing activities: 

Issuance of common stock  
Issuance of preferred stock 
Cash dividends paid 
Treasury stock, net of reissuance  

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities  

Increase (decrease) in cash  
Cash at beginning of period  
Cash at end of period  

- 102 - 

2009   

  2008   

2007   

$ 

1,716   $ 
64  
1,780  

324   $ 
65  
389  

337  
64  
401  

1,797  
79  
1,876  

  3,275  
(941 ) 
  2,334  

4,752  
(1,437 ) 
3,315  

(2,914 ) 
(96 ) 
32,563  
759  
29,649  
663  
(cid:2)  
(2,590 ) 
(1,927 )  $  16,136   $  29,649  

  (1,945 ) 
  18,081  
  16,136  
(cid:2)  

$ 

2009   

  2008  

2007  

$ 

663   $  16,136   $  29,649  

(759 ) 
—  
829  
(123 ) 
610  

 (18,081 ) 
  —  
(432 ) 
(146 ) 
  (2,523 ) 

(32,563 ) 
—  
443  
(38 ) 
(2,509 ) 

(47,363 ) 
(47,363 ) 

  7,500  
  7,500  

35,000  
35,000  

26,851  
52,625  
(5,210 ) 
—  
  74,266   

  3,956  
  —  
  (2,832 ) 
  (3,555 ) 
(2,431 ) 

1,784  
—  
(2,403 ) 
(36,174 ) 
(36,793 ) 

27,513  
3,228  
$  30,741   $ 

  2,546  
682  
3,228   $ 

(4,302 ) 
4,984  
682  

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. SEGMENT INFORMATION 

 Under the definition of FASB ASC 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”) (Formerly SFAS No. 131, 
Disclosures  About  Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information)  we  discuss  our  business  in  four 
segments.  There is a segment for WSFS Bank (including WSFS Investment Group, Inc.), Cash Connect, (the 
ATM  division  of  WSFS),  1st  Reverse,  (the  reverse  mortgage  subsidiary  of  WSFS),  and  Trust  and  Wealth 
Management.    Trust  and  Wealth  Management  combines  Montchanin  and  the  WSFS  Trust  and  Wealth 
Management  Division  into  a  single  reportable  segment  because  each  has  similar  economic  characteristics, 
products, customers and distribution methods.  During 2009 we began to report the results of 1st Reverse as a 
separate segment, consistent with the guidance promulgated in ASC 280.  As required by ASC 280, all prior 
years’ information has been updated to reflect this presentation. 

The WSFS Bank segment provides financial products to commercial and retail customers through its 
41  banking  offices  located  in  Delaware  (36),  Pennsylvania  (4)  and  Virginia  (1).    Retail  and  Commercial 
Banking, Commercial Real Estate Lending, Private Banking and other banking business units (including the 
reorganization  of  WSFS  Investment  Group,  Inc.)  are  operating  departments  of  WSFS.    These  departments 
share  the  same  regulator,  the  same  market,  many  of  the  same  customers  and  provide  similar  products  and 
services through the general infrastructure of the Bank.  Because of these and other reasons, these departments 
are not considered discrete segments and are appropriately aggregated within the WSFS Bank segment of the 
Company in accordance with ASC 280. 

Cash  Connect  provides  turnkey  ATM  services  through  strategic  partnerships  with  several  of  the 
largest networks, manufacturers and service providers in the ATM industry.  The balance sheet category “Cash 
in  non-owned  ATMs”  includes  cash  from  which  fee  income  is  earned  through  bailment  arrangements  with 
customers of Cash Connect. 

During  2008,  we  acquired  a  majority  interest  in  1st  Reverse  Financial  Services,  LLC  (1st  Reverse), 
which  specialized  in  originating  and  subsequently  selling  reverse  mortgage  loans  nationwide.  These  reverse 
mortgages  were  government  approved  and  insured.  In  2009,  we  announced  and  completed  a  wind-down  of 
these  operations.  Included  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  is  a  $1.9  million  pre-tax  charge  which 
consists  of  the  write-off  of  all  related  goodwill  and  intangibles,  the  uncollectable  receivables  and  our 
remaining investment in this subsidiary.  This charge combined with the operating losses for 2009 represents 
the $3.1 million net loss in this column. 

The  Wealth Management  column  is  comprised  of  the  WSFS  Trust  &  Wealth Management  Division 
and Montchanin. In 2005, the WSFS Trust and Wealth Management division was established in response to 
our commercial customers’ demand for the same high level service in their investment relationships that they 
enjoy as banking customers of WSFS Bank. Montchanin provides asset management products and services to 
customers  in  the  Bank’s  primary  market  area.  Montchanin  has  one  consolidated  wholly  owned  subsidiary, 
Cypress  Capital  Management,  LLC  (Cypress).  Cypress  is  a  Wilmington-based  investment  advisory  firm 
serving high net-worth individuals and institutions. 

An operating segment is a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it 
may earn revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the enterprise’s chief 
operating  decision  makers  to  make  decisions  about  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and  assess  its 
performance,  and  for  which  discrete  financial  information  is  available.    We  evaluate  performance  based  on 
pretax  ordinary  income  relative  to  resources  used,  and  allocate  resources  based  on  these  results.    The 
accounting  policies  applicable  to  our  segments  are  those  that  apply  to  our  preparation  of  the  accompanying 
Consolidated Financial Statements. Segment information for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 
2007 follows: 

- 103 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 

2009: 

(In Thousands) 
External customer revenues: 

Interest income 
Noninterest income 

Total external customer revenues 

Intersegment revenues: 
Interest income 
Noninterest income 
Total intersegment revenues 

  WSFS Bank 

Cash 
Connect 

1st Reverse 

Trust & Wealth 
Management 

Total 

  $ 

157,698 
34,501 
192,199 

627 
3,343 
3,970 

$

— $ 

11,992
11,992

—
408
408

$

32
2,023
2,055

$

— 
1,725 
1,725 

157,730 
50,241 
207,971 

—
—
—

— 
— 
— 

627 
3,751 
4,378 

Total revenue 

196,169 

12,400

2,055

1,725 

212,349 

External customer expenses: 

Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 
Provision for loan loss 

Total external customer expenses 

Intersegment expenses: 
Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 
Total intersegment expenses 

Total expenses 

53,086 
95,447 
47,811 
196,344 

— 
408 
408 

196,752 

—
5,387
—
5,387

627
905
1,532

6,919

—
4,917
—
4,917

—
261
261

— 
2,753 
— 
2,753 

— 
2,177 
2,177 

53,086 
108,504 
47,811 
209,401 

627 
3,751 
4,378 

5,178

4,930 

213,779 

 Income (loss) before taxes 

  $ 

            (583)  $

5,481

$ 

(3,123)

$

(3,205)  $

(1,430)

Income tax benefit 
Consolidated net income 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Other segment assets 

  $ 

56,124 
3,410,793 

Total segment assets at December 31, 

2009 

  $ 

3,466,917 

Capital expenditures 

  $ 

6,287 

$

$

$

264,903
14,861

$ 

— $ 
—

722 
1,104 

$

$

(2,093)
663 

321,749 
3,426,758 

279,764

$ 

— $ 

1,826 

$ 3,748,507 

474

$ 

— $ 

15 

$

6,776 

- 104 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
852
852

5
—
5

857

—
2,568
—
2,568

—
204
204

$

— 
2,622 
2,622 

166,477 
45,989 
212,466 

— 
— 
— 

3,529 
3,482 
7,011 

2,622 

219,477 

— 
4,128 
— 
4,128 

— 
1,769 
1,769 

77,258 
89,098 
23,024 
189,380 

3,529 
3,482 
7,011 

  WSFS Bank 

Cash 
Connect 

1st Reverse 

Trust & Wealth 
Management 

Total 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

2008: 

(In Thousands) 
External customer revenues: 

Interest income 
Noninterest income 

Total external customer revenues 

Intersegment revenues: 
Interest income 
Noninterest income 
Total intersegment revenues 

$

— $ 

$

  $ 

166,477 
28,763 
195,240 

3,524 
2,841 
6,365 

13,752
13,752

—
641
641

Total revenue 

201,605 

14,393

External customer expenses: 

Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 
Provision for loan loss 

Total external customer expenses 

Intersegment expenses: 
Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 
Total intersegment expenses 

77,258 
76,424 
23,024 
176,706 

5 
641 
646 

—
5,978
—
5,978

3,524
868
4,392

Total expenses 

177,352 

10,370

2,772

5,897 

196,391 

Income (loss) before taxes 

  $ 

24,253 

$

4,023

$ 

(1,915)

$

(3,275)  $

23,086 

Income tax provision 
Consolidated net income 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Other segment assets 

  $ 

57,962 
3,168,512 

Total segment assets at December 31, 

2008 

  $ 

3,226,474 

Capital expenditures 

  $ 

4,587 

$

$

$

189,965
12,836

$ 

$ 

8
750

623 
1,904 

$

$

6,950 
16,136 

248,558 
3,184,002 

202,801

$ 

758

$ 

2,527 

$ 3,432,560 

204

$ 

108

$ 

1 

$

4,900 

- 105 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 

2007: 

(In Thousands) 
External customer revenues: 

Interest income 
Noninterest income 

Total external customer revenues 

Intersegment revenues: 
Interest income 
Noninterest income 
Total intersegment revenues 

  WSFS Bank 

  Cash Connect

Trust & Wealth 
Management 

Total 

  $ 

189,477 
28,479 
217,956 

8,684 
2,325 
11,009 

$

— $ 

16,584
16,584

—
675
675

— 
3,103 
3,103 

$  189,477 
48,166 
237,643 

— 
— 
— 

8,684 
3,000 
11,684 

Total revenue 

228,965 

17,259

3,103 

249,327 

External customer expenses: 

Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 
Provision for loan loss 

Total external customer expenses 

Intersegment expenses: 
Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 
Total intersegment expenses 

107,468 
72,633 
5,021 
185,122 

— 
675 
675 

—
4,683
—
4,683

8,684
1,076
9,760

— 
4,715 
— 
4,715 

— 
1,249 
1,249 

107,468 
82,031 
5,021 
194,520 

8,684 
3,000 
11,684 

Total expenses 

185,797 

14,443

5,964 

206,204 

Income (loss) before taxes 

  $ 

43,168  

$

2,816 $ 

(2,861)  $ 

43,123 

Income tax provision 
Consolidated net income 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Other segment assets 

  $ 

84,552 
2,913,379 

Total segment assets at December 31, 

2007 

  $ 

2,997,931 

Capital expenditures 

  $ 

8,134 

The Company did not acquire its interest in 1st Reverse until 2008. 

$

$

$

13,474 
29,649 

$ 

182,523 $ 
17,314

462 
1,958 

$  267,537 
2,932,651 

199,837 $ 

2,420 

$  3,200,188 

194 $ 

5 

$ 

8,333 

- 106 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC Acquisition 

On  April  30,  2008,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  a  51%  majority  stake  in  1st  Reverse  Financial 
Services,  LLC  ("1st  Reverse").   Operating  results  of  1st  Reverse  are  included  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements since the date of acquisition. 

The  acquisition  resulted  in  recording  $685,000  of  goodwill,  which  is  the  excess  cost  over  the  fair 
value of its assets at the time of acquisition.  Other intangibles amounting to $658,000 were also identified in 
the transaction, with amortization periods of 5-10 years using straight-line methods. 

During 2009 we decided to wind-down the operations of 1st Reverse due to the weakened prospect of 
achieving required returns due, in part, to the current economic climate.  During 2009 we had pre-tax losses of 
$1.9 million related to the wind-down, which included the write-down of all related goodwill and intangibles.  
We have included these losses in other operating expense. 

Sun National Bank Branch Purchase 

On October 24, 2008, we completed the acquisition of six branches from Sun National Bank and their 
respective deposits.  The operating results of these branches have been included in the consolidated financial 
statements  since  the  date  of  acquisition.   We  expect  this  acquisition  to  further  build  our  market  share  in 
Delaware,  expand  our  customer  base  to  enhance  deposit  fee  income  and  provide  an  opportunity  to  market 
additional products and services to new customers. 

The aggregate cash purchase price was $11.5 million.  The purchase price resulted in approximately 
$9.0 million in goodwill and $2.5 million in core deposit intangibles ("CDI").  This CDI will be amortized over 
7.5 years, using straight-line methods.  During 2009 and 2008 we recorded amortization expense of $370,000 
and  $14,000,  respectively.    The  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  will  be  deducted  for  tax  purposes.   In  the 
transaction, WSFS acquired $95.3 million of deposits. 

We engaged an independent third party to perform an appraisal of the Corporation as of December 31, 
2009.  This appraisal was completed in accordance with FASB ASC 350 “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” 
(“ASC  350”).    Based  on  the  results  of  this  appraisal,  the  goodwill  related  to  the  Sun  National  Bank  branch 
purchase passed Step 1 under ASC 350 as of December 31, 2009 and it was determined that no impairment 
exists. 

20. NONINTEREST EXPENSES 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  we  incurred  $6.0  million  of  charges  we  consider  to  be 
non-routine.  These charges are included in Noninterest expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations 
and include the following: 

o  A $1.9 million charge resulting from management’s decision to conduct an orderly wind-down of 1st 
Reverse.    The  charge  represents  the  write-off  of  all  related  goodwill  and  intangibles,  uncollectible 
receivables and our remaining investment in that subsidiary as well as miscellaneous payables arising 
during the course of winding-down this subsidiary (reflected in Other operating expenses). 

o  A  $1.7  million  insurance  premium  charged  by  the  FDIC  representing  our  share  of  the  special 

assessment levied on the banking industry at June 30, 2009 (reflected in FDIC expenses). 

- 107 - 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
o  A  $1.5  million  charge  related  to  fraudulent  wire  transfer  activity  affecting  the  accounts  of  two 
customers ($1.3 million reflected in Other operating expense and $0.2 million reflected in Professional 
fees). 

o  A  $953,000  expense  related  to  due  diligence  on  an  acquisition  prospect  in  which  discussions  have 

terminated (reflected in Professional fees). 

There were no material non-routine charges recorded during 2008 or 2007. 

21. STOCK AND COMMON STOCK WARRANTS 

The  Company  entered  into  a  purchase  agreement  with  the  U.S.  Treasury  on  January  23,  2009, 
pursuant  to  which  the  Company  issued  and  sold  52,625  shares  of  the  Company’s  fixed-rate  cumulative 
perpetual preferred stock for a total purchase price of $52.6 million, and a 10-year warrant to purchase 175,105 
shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $45.08 per share. The Company will pay the 
Treasury Department a five percent dividend annually for each of the first five years of the investment and a 
nine percent dividend thereafter until the shares are redeemed.  The cumulative dividend for the preferred stock 
is accrued for and payable on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year.  The Company 
has declared and paid $2.1 million in preferred stock dividends during 2009. 

The Company allocated total proceeds of $52.6 million, based on the relative fair value of preferred 
stock  and  common  stock  warrants,  to  preferred  stock  for  $51.9  million  and  common  stock  warrants  for 
$693,000  respectively,  on  January  23,  2009.    The  preferred  stock  discount  will  be  accreted,  on  an  effective 
yield  method,  to  preferred stock over  five  years.   The Company  has  accreted  a  total of $127,000  during the 
year ended December 31, 2009 relating to the discount on preferred stock. 

The preferred stock is nonvoting, except for class voting rights on certain matters that could affect the 
shares adversely. It may be redeemed by us for the liquidation preference ($1,000 per share), plus accrued but 
unpaid  dividends,  with  the  Treasury’s  approval.  The  warrants  are  exercisable  immediately  and  subject  to 
certain anti-dilution and other adjustments.  

The  Company  completed  a  private  placement  of  stock  to  Peninsula  Investment  Partners,  L.P. 
(Peninsula)  on  September  24,  2009,  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  issued  and  sold  862,069  shares  of 
common stock for a total purchase price of $25.0 million, and a 10-year warrant to purchase 129,310 shares of 
the  Company’s  common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $29.00  per  share.    The  warrants  are  immediately 
exercisable. 

The Company allocated total proceeds of $25.0 million, based on the relative fair value of common 
stock and common stock warrants, to common stock for $23.5  million and common stock warrants for $1.5 
million on  September 24, 2009. 

22. SUBSEQUENT EVENT 

On February 9, 2010, we were advised that an executive of an armored car company based in Mount 
Vernon,  New  York,  was  arrested  and  charged  with  fraud  and  theft  in  connection  with  an  ATM  vault  cash 
program.  This  same  armored  car  company  serves  as  an  armored  carrier  for  several  customers  of  Cash 
Connect, our ATM division. 

Based on preliminary estimates, we believe there is approximately $4.8 million that should have been 
in the vaults of the armored car carrier or in transit to those vaults as of February 9, 2010.  Based on the early 
stage of the federal investigation it is unknown if any or all of these funds are exposed to a loss.  Cash Connect 
has  several  layers  of  safeguards  established  in  its  operations.    In  the  event  a  loss  is  determined,  we  have 
avenues of recovery, including reimbursements from Cash Connect customers and through insurance claims.  

- 108 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If it is ultimately determined that a loss is probable and estimable, we will record the loss in the appropriate 
fiscal period.  If we are successful in making recoveries, we will record the recoveries in the period received, 
or when the receipt of such recoveries becomes certain. 

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY (Unaudited) 

Three months ended 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision  
   for loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expenses 
Income before taxes 
Income tax (benefit) provision 
Net Income 
Dividends on preferred stock and 
   accretion of discount 
Net Income available to 
   common shareholders 
Earnings per share: 
Basic 
Diluted 

  12/31/09  

09/30/09  

06/30/09  

03/31/09  

12/31/08    09/30/08

06/30/08

03/31/08

 $  39,954  $  39,130  $  39,839  $  38,807  $ 

11,874 
28,080 
12,678 

15,402 
11,935 
27,606 
(269) 
(307) 
38 

12,837 
26,293 
15,483 

10,810 
14,538 
25,569 
(221) 
(222) 
1 

13,459 
26,380 
11,997 

14,383 
12,667 
30,955 
(3,905) 
(1,589) 
(2,316)   

14,916 
23,891 
7,653 

16,238 
11,101 
24,374 
2,965 
25 
2,940 

39,785  $  41,337 $ 40,795 $ 44,560
23,591
17,209 
20,969
22,576 
2,390
14,699 

18,030
23,307
3,502

18,428
22,367
2,433

7,877 
10,128 
23,969 
(5,964) 
(2,644) 
 (3,320)  

19,805
11,684
23,022
8,467
2,957
5,510  

19,934
11,671
21,170
10,435
3,735
6,700  

18,579
12,506
20,937
10,148
2,902
7,246

692 

634 

751 

513 

—   

—  

—  

—

 $ 

(654)  $ 

(633)  $ 

(3,067)  $ 

2,427  $ 

(3,320) $ 

5,510 $

6,700 $

7,246

(0.09) 
(0.09) 

(0.10) 
(0.10) 

(0.50) 
(0.50) 

0.39 
0.39 

(0.54) 
(0.54) 

0.90
0.88

1.09
1.07

1.17
1.15

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures   

Our management evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this 
report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our 
disclosure controls and procedures are effective.  

- 109 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

To Our Stockholders: 

Management  of  the  Corporation  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal 
control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The 
Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  the 
Corporation’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published 
financial statements. 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2009. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee 
of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated 
Framework.  Based  on  this  assessment,  management  has  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2009,  the 
Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. 

KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, as stated in their reports, which 
are included herein. 

/s/ Mark A. Turner 
Mark A. Turner 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 March 16, 2010 

/s/ Stephen A. Fowle 
Stephen A. Fowle 
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 

- 110 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
WSFS Financial Corporation: 

We have audited WSFS Financial Corporation’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31,  2009,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management 
is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report 
on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance 
about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our 
audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes 
in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in 
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; 
(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of 
the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company;  and  (3) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  company’s  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial 
statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, WSFS Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 
financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2009,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States), the consolidated statement of condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ 
equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, and our report 
dated March 16, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
March 16, 2010 

- 111 - 

 
 
 
 
 
During the quarter ended December 31, 2009, there was no change in internal control over financial 
reporting  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item. 

PART III 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The  Information  under  “Directors  and  Officers  of  WSFS  Financial  Corporation  and  Wilmington 
Savings  Fund  Society,  FSB”  and  “Corporate  Governance  -  Committees  of  the  Board  of  Directors”  in  the 
Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 
29, 2010 (the “Proxy Statement”) is incorporated into this item by reference.  

We  have  adopted  a  Code  of  Ethics  that  applies  to  our  principal  executive  officer,  principal 
financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy 
of the Code of Ethics is posted on our website at www.wsfsbank.com. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information under the heading “Compensation” and “Compensation of the Board of Directors” in 

the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this item by reference. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 

AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

(a) 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 

Information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  captioned 
“Other Information  - Large Stockholders” of the Proxy Statement 

(b) 

Security Ownership of Management 

Information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  captioned 
“Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, 
FSB – Ownership of  WSFS Financial Corporation Common Stock” of the Proxy Statement 

(c) 

We  know  of  no  arrangements,  including  any  pledge  by  any  person  of  our  securities,  the 
operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant 

(d) 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

- 112 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shown below is information as of December 31, 2009 with respect to compensation plans under which equity 
securities of the Registrant are authorized for issuance. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

Number of Securities to 
be issued upon exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Weighted-Average exercise 
price of outstanding 
options, warrants and 
rights 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column) (a) 

Equity compensation plans 

approved by stockholders (1) 

Equity compensation plans not 
approved by stockholders  

TOTAL 

752,038 

$ 

41.89 

105,902 

N/A 

752,038 

N/A 

$ 

41.89 

N/A 

105,902 

(1) Plans approved by stockholders include the 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended and the 2005 Incentive 
Plan. 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  under  “Directors  and  Officers  of  WSFS  Financial  Corporation  and  Wilmington 
Savings Fund Society, FSB – Transactions with our Insiders” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this 
item by reference. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  under  “Committees  of  the  Board  of  Directors  –  Audit  Committee”  in  the  Proxy 

Statement is incorporated into this item by reference. 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(a)  Listed  below  are  all  financial  statements  and  exhibits  filed  as  part  of  this  report,  and  are 

incorporated by reference. 

1.  The consolidated statements of Condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiary as 
of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes 
in  stockholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three  year  period  ended 
December  31,  2009,  together  with  the  related  notes  and  the  report  of  KPMG  LLP, 
independent registered public accounting firm. 

2.   Schedules omitted as they are not applicable. 

- 113 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following exhibits are incorporated by reference herein or annexed to this Annual Report:  

Exhibit 
Number  
3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

Description of Document 

Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended is incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994. 

Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  WSFS  Financial  Corporation, 
incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  of  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K (filed on October 27, 2008). 

Certificate  of  Designations  for  the  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Perpetual 
Preferred Stock, Series A, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
3.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 
23, 2009. 

Form of Certificate for the Series A Preferred Stock, incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on January 23, 2009. 

Warrant  for  Purchase  of  Shares  of  Common  Stock,  incorporated  herein 
by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on January 23, 2009. 

Warrant  for  Purchase  of  Shares  of  Common  Stock,  incorporated  herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 
8-K filed on July 27, 2009. 

WSFS  Financial  Corporation,  1994  Short  Term  Management 
Incentive  Plan  Summary  Plan  Description  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.  

Amended  and  Restated  Wilmington  Savings  Fund  Society,  Federal 
Savings  Bank  1997  Stock  Option  Plan  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File 
No. 333-26099) filed with the Commission on April 29, 1997. 

2000  Stock  Option  and  Temporary  Severance  Agreement  among 
Wilmington  Savings  Fund  Society,  Federal  Savings  Bank,  WSFS 
Financial  Corporation  and  Marvin  N.  Schoenhals  on  February  24, 
2000  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  the 
Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2000. 

10.4 

WSFS  Financial  Corporation  Severance  Policy  for  Executive  Vice 
Presidents dated February 28, 2008. 

- 114 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

21 

23 

31.1 

31.2 

32  

99.1 
99.2 

WSFS  Financial  Corporation’s  2005  Incentive  Plan  is  incorporated 
herein  by  reference  to  appendix  A  of  the  Registrant’s  Definitive 
Proxy  Statement  on  Schedule  14-A  for  the  2005  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders. 

Amendment to WSFS Financial Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan for 
IRC 409A and FAS 123R dated December 31, 2008. 

Amendment to the WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for 
Executive Vice Presidents dated December 31, 2008. 

Letter  Agreement,  dated  January  23,  2009,  between  WSFS  Financial 
Corporation and the United States Department of Treasury, with respect 
to the issuance and sale of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant, 
incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Registrant's 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009. 

Form  of  Waiver,  executed  by  Messrs.  Marvin  N.  Schoenhals,  Mark  A. 
Turner,  Stephen  A.  Fowle,  Richard  M.  Wright,  Rodger  Levenson  and 
Mrs. Barbara J. Fischer, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 
of  the  Registrant's  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  January  23, 
2009. 

Form of Letter Agreement, executed by Messrs. Marvin N. Schoenhals, 
Mark  A.  Turner,  Stephen  A.  Fowle,  Richard  M.  Wright,  Rodger 
Levenson and Mr. Barbara J. Fischer, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit  10.3  of  the  Registrant's  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
January 23, 2009. 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 27, 2009, between WSFS 
Financial  Corporation  and  Peninsula  Investment  Partners,  L.P., 
incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Registrants 
Current Report on Form 8-K on July 27, 2009. 

Subsidiaries of Registrant. 

Consent of KPMG LLP 

Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 5221 

Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 5221 

Exhibits 10.1 through 10.10 represent management contracts or compensatory plan arrangements. 

- 115 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has 
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

BY:  /s/ Mark A. Turner 
Mark A. Turner 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following  Federal  Savings  Bank  persons  on  behalf  of  the  registrant  and  in  the  capacities  and  on  the  dates 
indicated. 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

BY:  /s/ Marvin N. Schoenhals 

Marvin N. Schoenhals 
Chairman 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

BY:  /s/ Mark A. Turner 

Mark A. Turner 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

BY:  /s/ Charles G. Cheleden 

Charles G. Cheleden 
Vice Chairman and Lead Director 

BY:  /s/ Jennifer W. Davis 

Jennifer W. Davis 
Director 

BY:  /s/ Donald W. Delson 

Donald W. Delson 
Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:  March 16, 2010 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

BY:  /s/ John F. Downey 

John F. Downey 
Director 

BY:  /s/ Linda C. Drake 

Linda C. Drake 
Director 

BY:  /s/ David E. Hollowell 

David E. Hollowell 
Director 

BY:  /s/ Joseph R. Julian 

Joseph R. Julian 
Director 

BY:  /s/ Dennis E. Klima 

Dennis E. Klima 
Director 

BY:  /s/ Calvert A. Morgan, Jr. 

Calvert A. Morgan, Jr. 
Director 

BY:  /s/ Thomas P. Preston 

Thomas P. Preston 
Director 

BY:  /s/ Scott E. Reed 

Scott E. Reed 
Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:  March 16, 2010 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

BY:  /s/ Claibourne D. Smith 

Claibourne D. Smith 
Director 

BY:  /s/ R. Ted Weschler 

R. Ted Weschler 
Director 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

BY:  /s/ Stephen A. Fowle 

Stephen A. Fowle 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

Date:  March 16, 2010 

BY:  /s/ Robert F. Mack 

Robert F. Mack 
Senior Vice President and Controller 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page has been left blank intentionally.) 

(This page has been left blank intentionally.) 

Principal Officers, WSFS Financial Corporation

Stephen A. Fowle
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Paul S. Greenplate
Senior Vice President, Treasurer

Thomas W. Kearney
Senior Vice President, Corporate Auditor

Robert F. Mack
Senior Vice President, Controller

Mark A. Turner
President, Chief Executive Officer

Principal Officers of Principal Subsidiary,
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB

Raymond C. Abbott
Senior Vice President, Cash Management Manager

Syed A. Ahmed
Senior Vice President, Regional Manager

M. Scott Baylis
Senior Vice President, Business Banking Team Leader

Lisa M. Brubaker
Senior Vice President, Retail Administration

Ralph A. Citino
Senior Vice President, Small Business Banking

Stephen P. Clark
Senior Vice President, Middle Market Division Manager

John D. Clatworthy
Senior Vice President, Cash Connect Client Operations

Peggy H. Eddens
Executive Vice President, Director of Human Capital Management

Stephen A. Fowle
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Paul S. Greenplate
Senior Vice President, Treasurer

Cheryl A. Hughes
Senior Vice President, Transaction Services

Richard J. Immesberger
Executive Vice President, Director of Trust & Wealth Management

Michael F. Jordan
Senior Vice President, Asset Recovery Management

Janis L. Julian
Senior Vice President, Trust & Wealth Management

Thomas W. Kearney
Senior Vice President, Corporate Auditor

Glenn L. Kocher
Senior Vice President, Chief Credit Officer

Shari A. Kruzinski
Senior Vice President, Regional Manager

Rodger Levenson
Executive Vice President, Director of Commercial Banking

Robert F. Mack
Senior Vice President, Controller

Deborah A. Markwood
Senior Vice President, Director of Trust Services

S. James Mazarakis
Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer

Douglas R. Quaintance
Senior Vice President, Business Banking Division Manager

Deborah T. Roberts
Senior Vice President, Director of Retail Lending

Ronald V. Samuels
Senior Vice President, Assistant Treasurer

Thomas E. Stevenson
President, Cash Connect Division

Andrew F. Tauber
Senior Vice President, Commercial Banking

Mark A. Turner
President, Chief Executive Officer

Richard M. Wright
Executive Vice President, Director of Retail Banking and Marketing

Andrew N. Yatzus
Senior Vice President, Commercial Banking

Linda H. Ziegler
Senior Vice President, Regional Manager

Helen M. Zumsteg
Senior Vice President, Private Banking Manager

Kent County Advisory Board Members

Thomas Burns
George W. Forbes III
Robert C. MacLeish, Sr.

E. Stuart Outten
Richard Weyandt
Richard E. Yerger

Sussex County Advisory Board Members

Robert Dickerson
David C. Doane
George W. Forbes III
William Haughey
Joseph A. Kollock, Jr.

Michael Meoli
Peter Schwartzkopf
David R. Urian
James Walls

Stockholders or others seeking
information regarding the
Company may call or write:

WSFS Financial Corporation Investor Relations
WSFS Bank Center
500 Delaware Avenue
Wilmington, DE 19801
302-571-7264

Website
www.wsfsbank.com

Transfer Agent
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219

WSFS Bank Center
500 Delaware Avenue
Wilmington, DE 19801

www.wsfsbank.com

©2010 WSFS Financial Corporation. All rights reserved.